Maintenance: Update astyle version to 3.1 (#841)

[thirdparty/squid.git] / src / cf.data.pre

## Copyright (C) 1996-2021 The Squid Software Foundation and contributors
##
## Squid software is distributed under GPLv2+ license and includes
## contributions from numerous individuals and organizations.
## Please see the COPYING and CONTRIBUTORS files for details.
##

COMMENT_START
	WELCOME TO @SQUID@
	----------------------------
	
	This is the documentation for the Squid configuration file.
	This documentation can also be found online at:
		http://www.squid-cache.org/Doc/config/
	
	You may wish to look at the Squid home page and wiki for the
	FAQ and other documentation:
		http://www.squid-cache.org/
		http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq
		http://wiki.squid-cache.org/ConfigExamples
	
	This documentation shows what the defaults for various directives
	happen to be.  If you don't need to change the default, you should
	leave the line out of your squid.conf in most cases.
	
	In some cases "none" refers to no default setting at all,
	while in other cases it refers to the value of the option
	- the comments for that keyword indicate if this is the case.

COMMENT_END

COMMENT_START
  Configuration options can be included using the "include" directive.
  Include takes a list of files to include. Quoting and wildcards are
  supported.

  For example,

  include /path/to/included/file/squid.acl.config

  Includes can be nested up to a hard-coded depth of 16 levels.
  This arbitrary restriction is to prevent recursive include references
  from causing Squid entering an infinite loop whilst trying to load
  configuration files.

  Values with byte units

	Squid accepts size units on some size related directives. All
	such directives are documented with a default value displaying
	a unit.

	Units accepted by Squid are:
		bytes - byte
		KB - Kilobyte (1024 bytes)
		MB - Megabyte
		GB - Gigabyte

  Values with time units

	Time-related directives marked with either "time-units" or
	"time-units-small" accept a time unit. The supported time units are:

		nanosecond (time-units-small only)
		microsecond (time-units-small only)
		millisecond
		second
		minute
		hour
		day
		week
		fortnight
		month - 30 days
		year - 31557790080 milliseconds (just over 365 days)
		decade

  Values with spaces, quotes, and other special characters

	Squid supports directive parameters with spaces, quotes, and other
	special characters. Surround such parameters with "double quotes". Use
	the configuration_includes_quoted_values directive to enable or
	disable that support.

	Squid supports reading configuration option parameters from external
	files using the syntax:
		parameters("/path/filename")
	For example:
		acl allowlist dstdomain parameters("/etc/squid/allowlist.txt")

  Conditional configuration

	If-statements can be used to make configuration directives
	depend on conditions:

	    if <CONDITION>
	        ... regular configuration directives ...
	    [else
	        ... regular configuration directives ...]
	    endif

	The else part is optional. The keywords "if", "else", and "endif"
	must be typed on their own lines, as if they were regular
	configuration directives.

	NOTE: An else-if condition is not supported.

	These individual conditions types are supported:

	    true
		Always evaluates to true.
	    false
		Always evaluates to false.
	    <integer> = <integer>
	        Equality comparison of two integer numbers.


  SMP-Related Macros

	The following SMP-related preprocessor macros can be used.

	${process_name} expands to the current Squid process "name"
	(e.g., squid1, squid2, or cache1).

	${process_number} expands to the current Squid process
	identifier, which is an integer number (e.g., 1, 2, 3) unique
	across all Squid processes of the current service instance.

	${service_name} expands into the current Squid service instance
	name identifier which is provided by -n on the command line.

  Logformat Macros

	Logformat macros can be used in many places outside of the logformat
	directive. In theory, all of the logformat codes can be used as %macros,
	where they are supported. In practice, a %macro expands as a dash (-) when
	the transaction does not yet have enough information and a value is needed.

	There is no definitive list of what tokens are available at the various
	stages of the transaction.

	And some information may already be available to Squid but not yet
	committed where the macro expansion code can access it (report
	such instances!). The macro will be expanded into a single dash
	('-') in such cases. Not all macros have been tested.

COMMENT_END

# options still not yet ported from 2.7 to 3.x
NAME: broken_vary_encoding
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	This option is not yet supported by Squid-3.
DOC_END

NAME: cache_vary
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	This option is not yet supported by Squid-3.
DOC_END

NAME: error_map
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	This option is not yet supported by Squid-3.
DOC_END

NAME: external_refresh_check
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	This option is not yet supported by Squid-3.
DOC_END

NAME: location_rewrite_program location_rewrite_access location_rewrite_children location_rewrite_concurrency
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	This option is not yet supported by Squid-3.
DOC_END

NAME: refresh_stale_hit
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	This option is not yet supported by Squid-3.
DOC_END

# Options removed in 5.x
NAME: dns_v4_first
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Remove this line. Squid no longer supports preferential treatment of DNS A records.
DOC_END

# Options removed in 4.x
NAME: cache_peer_domain cache_host_domain
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Replace with dstdomain ACLs and cache_peer_access.
DOC_END

NAME: ie_refresh
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Remove this line. The behaviour enabled by this is no longer needed.
DOC_END

NAME: sslproxy_cafile
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Remove this line. Use tls_outgoing_options cafile= instead.
DOC_END

NAME: sslproxy_capath
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Remove this line. Use tls_outgoing_options capath= instead.
DOC_END

NAME: sslproxy_cipher
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Remove this line. Use tls_outgoing_options cipher= instead.
DOC_END

NAME: sslproxy_client_certificate
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Remove this line. Use tls_outgoing_options cert= instead.
DOC_END

NAME: sslproxy_client_key
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Remove this line. Use tls_outgoing_options key= instead.
DOC_END

NAME: sslproxy_flags
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Remove this line. Use tls_outgoing_options flags= instead.
DOC_END

NAME: sslproxy_options
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Remove this line. Use tls_outgoing_options options= instead.
DOC_END

NAME: sslproxy_version
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Remove this line. Use tls_outgoing_options options= instead.
DOC_END

# Options removed in 3.5
NAME: hierarchy_stoplist
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Remove this line. Use always_direct or cache_peer_access ACLs instead if you need to prevent cache_peer use.
DOC_END

# Options removed in 3.4
NAME: log_access
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Remove this line. Use acls with access_log directives to control access logging
DOC_END

NAME: log_icap
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Remove this line. Use acls with icap_log directives to control icap logging
DOC_END

# Options Removed in 3.3
NAME: ignore_ims_on_miss
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Remove this line. The HTTP/1.1 feature is now configured by 'cache_miss_revalidate'.
DOC_END

# Options Removed in 3.2
NAME: balance_on_multiple_ip
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Remove this line. Squid performs a 'Happy Eyeballs' algorithm, this multiple-IP algorithm is not longer relevant.
DOC_END

NAME: chunked_request_body_max_size
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Remove this line. Squid is now HTTP/1.1 compliant.
DOC_END

NAME: dns_v4_fallback
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Remove this line. Squid performs a 'Happy Eyeballs' algorithm, the 'fallback' algorithm is no longer relevant.
DOC_END

NAME: emulate_httpd_log
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Replace this with an access_log directive using the format 'common' or 'combined'.
DOC_END

NAME: forward_log
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Use a regular access.log with ACL limiting it to MISS events.
DOC_END

NAME: ftp_list_width
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Remove this line. Configure FTP page display using the CSS controls in errorpages.css instead.
DOC_END

NAME: ignore_expect_100
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Remove this line. The HTTP/1.1 feature is now fully supported by default.
DOC_END

NAME: log_fqdn
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Remove this option from your config. To log FQDN use %>A in the log format.
DOC_END

NAME: log_ip_on_direct
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Remove this option from your config. To log server or peer names use %<A in the log format.
DOC_END

NAME: maximum_single_addr_tries
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Replaced by connect_retries. The behaviour has changed, please read the documentation before altering.
DOC_END

NAME: referer_log referrer_log
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Replace this with an access_log directive using the format 'referrer'.
DOC_END

NAME: update_headers
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Remove this line. The feature is supported by default in storage types where update is implemented.
DOC_END

NAME: url_rewrite_concurrency
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Remove this line. Set the 'concurrency=' option of url_rewrite_children instead.
DOC_END

NAME: useragent_log
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Replace this with an access_log directive using the format 'useragent'.
DOC_END

# Options Removed in 3.1
NAME: dns_testnames
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Remove this line. DNS is no longer tested on startup.
DOC_END

NAME: extension_methods
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Remove this line. All valid methods for HTTP are accepted by default.
DOC_END

# 2.7 Options Removed/Replaced in 3.2
NAME: zero_buffers
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_NONE

# 2.7 Options Removed/Replaced in 3.1
NAME: incoming_rate
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_NONE

NAME: server_http11
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Remove this line. HTTP/1.1 is supported by default.
DOC_END

NAME: upgrade_http0.9
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Remove this line. ICY/1.0 streaming protocol is supported by default.
DOC_END

NAME: zph_local zph_mode zph_option zph_parent zph_sibling
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Alter these entries. Use the qos_flows directive instead.
DOC_END

# Options Removed in 3.0
NAME: header_access
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Since squid-3.0 replace with request_header_access or reply_header_access
	depending on whether you wish to match client requests or server replies.
DOC_END

NAME: httpd_accel_no_pmtu_disc
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Since squid-3.0 use the 'disable-pmtu-discovery' flag on http_port instead.
DOC_END

NAME: wais_relay_host
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Replace this line with 'cache_peer' configuration.
DOC_END

NAME: wais_relay_port
TYPE: obsolete
DOC_START
	Replace this line with 'cache_peer' configuration.
DOC_END

COMMENT_START
 OPTIONS FOR SMP
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: workers
TYPE: int
LOC: Config.workers
DEFAULT: 1
DEFAULT_DOC: SMP support disabled.
DOC_START
	Number of main Squid processes or "workers" to fork and maintain.
	0: "no daemon" mode, like running "squid -N ..."
	1: "no SMP" mode, start one main Squid process daemon (default)
	N: start N main Squid process daemons (i.e., SMP mode)

	In SMP mode, each worker does nearly all what a single Squid daemon
	does (e.g., listen on http_port and forward HTTP requests).
DOC_END

NAME: cpu_affinity_map
TYPE: CpuAffinityMap
LOC: Config.cpuAffinityMap
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Let operating system decide.
DOC_START
	Usage: cpu_affinity_map process_numbers=P1,P2,... cores=C1,C2,...

	Sets 1:1 mapping between Squid processes and CPU cores. For example,

	    cpu_affinity_map process_numbers=1,2,3,4 cores=1,3,5,7

	affects processes 1 through 4 only and places them on the first
	four even cores, starting with core #1.

	CPU cores are numbered starting from 1. Requires support for
	sched_getaffinity(2) and sched_setaffinity(2) system calls.

	Multiple cpu_affinity_map options are merged.

	See also: workers
DOC_END

NAME: shared_memory_locking
TYPE: YesNoNone
COMMENT: on|off
LOC: Config.shmLocking
DEFAULT: off
DOC_START
	Whether to ensure that all required shared memory is available by
	"locking" that shared memory into RAM when Squid starts. The
	alternative is faster startup time followed by slightly slower
	performance and, if not enough RAM is actually available during
	runtime, mysterious crashes.

	SMP Squid uses many shared memory segments. These segments are
	brought into Squid memory space using an mmap(2) system call. During
	Squid startup, the mmap() call often succeeds regardless of whether
	the system has enough RAM. In general, Squid cannot tell whether the
	kernel applies this "optimistic" memory allocation policy (but
	popular modern kernels usually use it).

	Later, if Squid attempts to actually access the mapped memory
	regions beyond what the kernel is willing to allocate, the
	"optimistic" kernel simply kills Squid kid with a SIGBUS signal.
	Some of the memory limits enforced by the kernel are currently
	poorly understood: We do not know how to detect and check them. This
	option ensures that the mapped memory will be available. 

	This option may have a positive performance side-effect: Locking
	memory at start avoids runtime paging I/O. Paging slows Squid down.

	Locking memory may require a large enough RLIMIT_MEMLOCK OS limit,
	CAP_IPC_LOCK capability, or equivalent.
DOC_END

NAME: hopeless_kid_revival_delay
COMMENT: time-units
TYPE: time_t
LOC: Config.hopelessKidRevivalDelay
DEFAULT: 1 hour
DOC_START
	Normally, when a kid process dies, Squid immediately restarts the
	kid. A kid experiencing frequent deaths is marked as "hopeless" for
	the duration specified by this directive. Hopeless kids are not
	automatically restarted.

	Currently, zero values are not supported because they result in
	misconfigured SMP Squid instances running forever, endlessly
	restarting each dying kid. To effectively disable hopeless kids
	revival, set the delay to a huge value (e.g., 1 year).

	Reconfiguration also clears all hopeless kids designations, allowing
	for manual revival of hopeless kids.
DOC_END

COMMENT_START
 OPTIONS FOR AUTHENTICATION
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: auth_param
TYPE: authparam
IFDEF: USE_AUTH
LOC: Auth::TheConfig.schemes
DEFAULT: none
DOC_START
	This is used to define parameters for the various authentication
	schemes supported by Squid.

		format: auth_param scheme parameter [setting]

	The order in which authentication schemes are presented to the client is
	dependent on the order the scheme first appears in config file. IE
	has a bug (it's not RFC 2617 compliant) in that it will use the basic
	scheme if basic is the first entry presented, even if more secure
	schemes are presented. For now use the order in the recommended
	settings section below. If other browsers have difficulties (don't
	recognize the schemes offered even if you are using basic) either
	put basic first, or disable the other schemes (by commenting out their
	program entry).

	Once an authentication scheme is fully configured, it can only be
	shutdown by shutting squid down and restarting. Changes can be made on
	the fly and activated with a reconfigure. I.E. You can change to a
	different helper, but not unconfigure the helper completely.

	Please note that while this directive defines how Squid processes
	authentication it does not automatically activate authentication.
	To use authentication you must in addition make use of ACLs based
	on login name in http_access (proxy_auth, proxy_auth_regex or
	external with %LOGIN used in the format tag). The browser will be
	challenged for authentication on the first such acl encountered
	in http_access processing and will also be re-challenged for new
	login credentials if the request is being denied by a proxy_auth
	type acl.

	WARNING: authentication can't be used in a transparently intercepting
	proxy as the client then thinks it is talking to an origin server and
	not the proxy. This is a limitation of bending the TCP/IP protocol to
	transparently intercepting port 80, not a limitation in Squid.
	Ports flagged 'transparent', 'intercept', or 'tproxy' have
	authentication disabled.

	=== Parameters common to all schemes. ===

	"program" cmdline
		Specifies the command for the external authenticator.

		By default, each authentication scheme is not used unless a
		program is specified.

		See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/Features/AddonHelpers for
		more details on helper operations and creating your own.

	"key_extras" format
		Specifies a string to be append to request line format for
		the authentication helper. "Quoted" format values may contain
		spaces and logformat %macros. In theory, any logformat %macro
		can be used. In practice, a %macro expands as a dash (-) if
		the helper request is sent before the required macro
		information is available to Squid.

		By default, Squid uses request formats provided in
		scheme-specific examples below (search for %credentials).

		The expanded key_extras value is added to the Squid credentials
		cache and, hence, will affect authentication. It can be used to
		authenticate different users with identical user names (e.g.,
		when user authentication depends on http_port).

		Avoid adding frequently changing information to key_extras. For
		example, if you add user source IP, and it changes frequently
		in your environment, then max_user_ip ACL is going to treat
		every user+IP combination as a unique "user", breaking the ACL
		and wasting a lot of memory on those user records. It will also
		force users to authenticate from scratch whenever their IP
		changes.

	"realm" string
		Specifies the protection scope (aka realm name) which is to be
		reported to the client for the authentication scheme. It is
		commonly part of the text the user will see when prompted for
		their username and password.

		For Basic the default is "Squid proxy-caching web server".
		For Digest there is no default, this parameter is mandatory.
		For NTLM and Negotiate this parameter is ignored.

	"children" numberofchildren [startup=N] [idle=N] [concurrency=N]
		[queue-size=N] [on-persistent-overload=action]
		[reservation-timeout=seconds]

		The maximum number of authenticator processes to spawn. If
		you start too few Squid will have to wait for them to process
		a backlog of credential verifications, slowing it down. When
		password verifications are done via a (slow) network you are
		likely to need lots of authenticator processes.

		The startup= and idle= options permit some skew in the exact
		amount run. A minimum of startup=N will begin during startup
		and reconfigure. Squid will start more in groups of up to
		idle=N in an attempt to meet traffic needs and to keep idle=N
		free above those traffic needs up to the maximum.

		The concurrency= option sets the number of concurrent requests
		the helper can process.  The default of 0 is used for helpers
		who only supports one request at a time. Setting this to a
		number greater than 0 changes the protocol used to include a
		channel ID field first on the request/response line, allowing
		multiple requests to be sent to the same helper in parallel
		without waiting for the response.

		Concurrency must not be set unless it's known the helper
		supports the input format with channel-ID fields.

		The queue-size option sets the maximum number of queued
		requests. A request is queued when no existing child can
		accept it due to concurrency limit and no new child can be
		started due to numberofchildren limit. The default maximum is
		2*numberofchildren. Squid is allowed to temporarily exceed the
		configured maximum, marking the affected helper as
		"overloaded". If the helper overload lasts more than 3
		minutes, the action prescribed by the on-persistent-overload
		option applies.

		The on-persistent-overload=action option specifies Squid
		reaction to a new helper request arriving when the helper
		has been overloaded for more that 3 minutes already. The number
		of queued requests determines whether the helper is overloaded
		(see the queue-size option).

		Two actions are supported:

		  die	Squid worker quits. This is the default behavior.

		  ERR	Squid treats the helper request as if it was
			immediately submitted, and the helper immediately
			replied with an ERR response. This action has no effect
			on the already queued and in-progress helper requests.

		NOTE: NTLM and Negotiate schemes do not support concurrency
			in the Squid code module even though some helpers can.

		The reservation-timeout=seconds option allows NTLM and Negotiate
		helpers to forget about clients that abandon their in-progress
		connection authentication without closing the connection. The
		timeout is measured since the last helper response received by
		Squid for the client. Fractional seconds are not supported.

		After the timeout, the helper will be used for other clients if
		there are no unreserved helpers available. In the latter case,
		the old client attempt to resume authentication will not be
		forwarded to the helper (and the client should open a new HTTP
		connection and retry authentication from scratch).

		By default, reservations do not expire and clients that keep
		their connections open without completing authentication may
		exhaust all NTLM and Negotiate helpers.

	"keep_alive" on|off
		If you experience problems with PUT/POST requests when using
		the NTLM or Negotiate schemes then you can try setting this
		to off. This will cause Squid to forcibly close the connection
		on the initial request where the browser asks which schemes
		are supported by the proxy.

		For Basic and Digest this parameter is ignored.

	"utf8" on|off
		Useful for sending credentials to authentication backends that
		expect UTF-8 encoding (e.g., LDAP).

		When this option is enabled, Squid uses HTTP Accept-Language
		request header to guess the received credentials encoding
		(ISO-Latin-1, CP1251, or UTF-8) and then converts the first
		two encodings into UTF-8.

		When this option is disabled and by default, Squid sends
		credentials in their original (i.e. received) encoding.

		This parameter is only honored for Basic and Digest schemes.
		For Basic, the entire username:password credentials are
		checked and, if necessary, re-encoded. For Digest -- just the
		username component. For NTLM and Negotiate schemes, this
		parameter is ignored.

IF HAVE_AUTH_MODULE_BASIC
	=== Basic authentication parameters ===

	"credentialsttl" timetolive
		Specifies how long squid assumes an externally validated
		username:password pair is valid for - in other words how
		often the helper program is called for that user. Set this
		low to force revalidation with short lived passwords.

		NOTE: setting this high does not impact your susceptibility
		to replay attacks unless you are using an one-time password
		system (such as SecureID). If you are using such a system,
		you will be vulnerable to replay attacks unless you also
		use the max_user_ip ACL in an http_access rule.

	"casesensitive" on|off
		Specifies if usernames are case sensitive. Most user databases
		are case insensitive allowing the same username to be spelled
		using both lower and upper case letters, but some are case
		sensitive. This makes a big difference for user_max_ip ACL
		processing and similar.

ENDIF
IF HAVE_AUTH_MODULE_DIGEST
	=== Digest authentication parameters ===

	"nonce_garbage_interval" timeinterval
		Specifies the interval that nonces that have been issued
		to client_agent's are checked for validity.

	"nonce_max_duration" timeinterval
		Specifies the maximum length of time a given nonce will be
		valid for.

	"nonce_max_count" number
		Specifies the maximum number of times a given nonce can be
		used.

	"nonce_strictness" on|off
		Determines if squid requires strict increment-by-1 behavior
		for nonce counts, or just incrementing (off - for use when
		user agents generate nonce counts that occasionally miss 1
		(ie, 1,2,4,6)). Default off.

	"check_nonce_count" on|off
		This directive if set to off can disable the nonce count check
		completely to work around buggy digest qop implementations in
		certain mainstream browser versions. Default on to check the
		nonce count to protect from authentication replay attacks.

	"post_workaround" on|off
		This is a workaround to certain buggy browsers who send an
		incorrect request digest in POST requests when reusing the
		same nonce as acquired earlier on a GET request.

ENDIF

	=== Example Configuration ===

	This configuration displays the recommended authentication scheme
	order from most to least secure with recommended minimum configuration
	settings for each scheme:

#auth_param negotiate program <uncomment and complete this line to activate>
#auth_param negotiate children 20 startup=0 idle=1
#
#auth_param digest program <uncomment and complete this line to activate>
#auth_param digest children 20 startup=0 idle=1
#auth_param digest realm Squid proxy-caching web server
#auth_param digest nonce_garbage_interval 5 minutes
#auth_param digest nonce_max_duration 30 minutes
#auth_param digest nonce_max_count 50
#
#auth_param ntlm program <uncomment and complete this line to activate>
#auth_param ntlm children 20 startup=0 idle=1
#
#auth_param basic program <uncomment and complete this line>
#auth_param basic children 5 startup=5 idle=1
#auth_param basic credentialsttl 2 hours
DOC_END

NAME: authenticate_cache_garbage_interval
IFDEF: USE_AUTH
TYPE: time_t
DEFAULT: 1 hour
LOC: Auth::TheConfig.garbageCollectInterval
DOC_START
	The time period between garbage collection across the username cache.
	This is a trade-off between memory utilization (long intervals - say
	2 days) and CPU (short intervals - say 1 minute). Only change if you
	have good reason to.
DOC_END

NAME: authenticate_ttl
IFDEF: USE_AUTH
TYPE: time_t
DEFAULT: 1 hour
LOC: Auth::TheConfig.credentialsTtl
DOC_START
	The time a user & their credentials stay in the logged in
	user cache since their last request. When the garbage
	interval passes, all user credentials that have passed their
	TTL are removed from memory.
DOC_END

NAME: authenticate_ip_ttl
IFDEF: USE_AUTH
TYPE: time_t
LOC: Auth::TheConfig.ipTtl
DEFAULT: 1 second
DOC_START
	If you use proxy authentication and the 'max_user_ip' ACL,
	this directive controls how long Squid remembers the IP
	addresses associated with each user.  Use a small value
	(e.g., 60 seconds) if your users might change addresses
	quickly, as is the case with dialup.   You might be safe
	using a larger value (e.g., 2 hours) in a corporate LAN
	environment with relatively static address assignments.
DOC_END

COMMENT_START
 ACCESS CONTROLS
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: external_acl_type
TYPE: externalAclHelper
LOC: Config.externalAclHelperList
DEFAULT: none
DOC_START
	This option defines external acl classes using a helper program
	to look up the status

	  external_acl_type name [options] FORMAT /path/to/helper [helper arguments]

	Options:

	  ttl=n		TTL in seconds for cached results (defaults to 3600
			for 1 hour)

	  negative_ttl=n
			TTL for cached negative lookups (default same
			as ttl)

	  grace=n	Percentage remaining of TTL where a refresh of a
			cached entry should be initiated without needing to
			wait for a new reply. (default is for no grace period)

	  cache=n	The maximum number of entries in the result cache. The
			default limit is 262144 entries.  Each cache entry usually
			consumes at least 256 bytes. Squid currently does not remove
			expired cache entries until the limit is reached, so a proxy
			will sooner or later reach the limit. The expanded FORMAT
			value is used as the cache key, so if the details in FORMAT
			are highly variable, a larger cache may be needed to produce
			reduction in helper load.

	  children-max=n
			Maximum number of acl helper processes spawned to service
			external acl lookups of this type. (default 5)

	  children-startup=n
			Minimum number of acl helper processes to spawn during
			startup and reconfigure to service external acl lookups
			of this type. (default 0)

	  children-idle=n
			Number of acl helper processes to keep ahead of traffic
			loads. Squid will spawn this many at once whenever load
			rises above the capabilities of existing processes.
			Up to the value of children-max. (default 1)

	  concurrency=n	concurrency level per process. Only used with helpers
			capable of processing more than one query at a time.

	  queue-size=N  The queue-size option sets the maximum number of
			queued requests. A request is queued when no existing
			helper can accept it due to concurrency limit and no
			new helper can be started due to children-max limit.
			If the queued requests exceed queue size, the acl is
			ignored. The default value is set to 2*children-max.

	  protocol=2.5	Compatibility mode for Squid-2.5 external acl helpers.

	  ipv4 / ipv6	IP protocol used to communicate with this helper.
			The default is to auto-detect IPv6 and use it when available.


	FORMAT is a series of %macro codes. See logformat directive for a full list
	of the accepted codes. Although note that at the time of any external ACL
	being tested data may not be available and thus some %macro expand to '-'.

	In addition to the logformat codes; when processing external ACLs these
	additional macros are made available:

	  %ACL		The name of the ACL being tested.

	  %DATA		The ACL arguments specified in the referencing config
			'acl ... external' line, separated by spaces (an
			"argument string"). see acl external.

			If there are no ACL arguments %DATA expands to '-'.

			If you do not specify a DATA macro inside FORMAT,
			Squid automatically appends %DATA to your FORMAT.
			Note that Squid-3.x may expand %DATA to whitespace
			or nothing in this case.

			By default, Squid applies URL-encoding to each ACL
			argument inside the argument string. If an explicit
			encoding modifier is used (e.g., %#DATA), then Squid
			encodes the whole argument string as a single token
			(e.g., with %#DATA, spaces between arguments become
			%20).

	If SSL is enabled, the following formatting codes become available:

	  %USER_CERT		SSL User certificate in PEM format
	  %USER_CERTCHAIN	SSL User certificate chain in PEM format
	  %USER_CERT_xx		SSL User certificate subject attribute xx
	  %USER_CA_CERT_xx	SSL User certificate issuer attribute xx


	NOTE: all other format codes accepted by older Squid versions
		are deprecated.


	General request syntax:

	  [channel-ID] FORMAT-values


	FORMAT-values consists of transaction details expanded with
	whitespace separation per the config file FORMAT specification
	using the FORMAT macros listed above.

	Request values sent to the helper are URL escaped to protect
	each value in requests against whitespaces.

	If using protocol=2.5 then the request sent to the helper is not
	URL escaped to protect against whitespace.

	NOTE: protocol=3.0 is deprecated as no longer necessary.

	When using the concurrency= option the protocol is changed by
	introducing a query channel tag in front of the request/response.
	The query channel tag is a number between 0 and concurrency-1.
	This value must be echoed back unchanged to Squid as the first part
	of the response relating to its request.


	The helper receives lines expanded per the above format specification
	and for each input line returns 1 line starting with OK/ERR/BH result
	code and optionally followed by additional keywords with more details.


	General result syntax:

	  [channel-ID] result keyword=value ...

	Result consists of one of the codes:

	  OK
		the ACL test produced a match.

	  ERR
		the ACL test does not produce a match.

	  BH
		An internal error occurred in the helper, preventing
		a result being identified.

	The meaning of 'a match' is determined by your squid.conf
	access control configuration. See the Squid wiki for details.

	Defined keywords:

	  user=		The users name (login)

	  password=	The users password (for login= cache_peer option)

	  message=	Message describing the reason for this response.
			Available as %o in error pages.
			Useful on (ERR and BH results).

	  tag=		Apply a tag to a request. Only sets a tag once,
			does not alter existing tags.

	  log=		String to be logged in access.log. Available as
			%ea in logformat specifications.

	  clt_conn_tag= Associates a TAG with the client TCP connection.
			Please see url_rewrite_program related documentation
			for this kv-pair.

	Any keywords may be sent on any response whether OK, ERR or BH.

	All response keyword values need to be a single token with URL
	escaping, or enclosed in double quotes (") and escaped using \ on
	any double quotes or \ characters within the value. The wrapping
	double quotes are removed before the value is interpreted by Squid.
	\r and \n are also replace by CR and LF.

	Some example key values:

		user=John%20Smith
		user="John Smith"
		user="J. \"Bob\" Smith"
DOC_END

NAME: acl
TYPE: acl
LOC: Config.aclList
IF USE_OPENSSL
DEFAULT: ssl::certHasExpired ssl_error X509_V_ERR_CERT_HAS_EXPIRED
DEFAULT: ssl::certNotYetValid ssl_error X509_V_ERR_CERT_NOT_YET_VALID
DEFAULT: ssl::certDomainMismatch ssl_error SQUID_X509_V_ERR_DOMAIN_MISMATCH
DEFAULT: ssl::certUntrusted ssl_error X509_V_ERR_INVALID_CA X509_V_ERR_SELF_SIGNED_CERT_IN_CHAIN X509_V_ERR_UNABLE_TO_VERIFY_LEAF_SIGNATURE X509_V_ERR_UNABLE_TO_GET_ISSUER_CERT X509_V_ERR_UNABLE_TO_GET_ISSUER_CERT_LOCALLY X509_V_ERR_CERT_UNTRUSTED
DEFAULT: ssl::certSelfSigned ssl_error X509_V_ERR_DEPTH_ZERO_SELF_SIGNED_CERT
ENDIF
DEFAULT: all src all
DEFAULT: manager url_regex -i ^cache_object:// +i ^https?://[^/]+/squid-internal-mgr/
DEFAULT: localhost src 127.0.0.1/32 ::1
DEFAULT: to_localhost dst 127.0.0.0/8 0.0.0.0/32 ::1/128 ::/128
DEFAULT: CONNECT method CONNECT
DEFAULT_DOC: ACLs all, manager, localhost, to_localhost, and CONNECT are predefined.
DOC_START
	Defining an Access List

	Every access list definition must begin with an aclname and acltype, 
	followed by either type-specific arguments or a quoted filename that
	they are read from.

	   acl aclname acltype argument ...
	   acl aclname acltype "file" ...

	When using "file", the file should contain one item per line.


	ACL Options

	Some acl types supports options which changes their default behaviour:

	-i,+i	By default, regular expressions are CASE-SENSITIVE. To make them
		case-insensitive, use the -i option. To return case-sensitive
		use the +i option between patterns, or make a new ACL line
		without -i.	

	-n	Disable lookups and address type conversions.  If lookup or
		conversion is required because the parameter type (IP or
		domain name) does not match the message address type (domain
		name or IP), then the ACL would immediately declare a mismatch
		without any warnings or lookups.

	-m[=delimiters]
		Perform a list membership test, interpreting values as
		comma-separated token lists and matching against individual
		tokens instead of whole values. 
		The optional "delimiters" parameter specifies one or more
		alternative non-alphanumeric delimiter characters.
		non-alphanumeric delimiter characters.

	--	Used to stop processing all options, in the case the first acl
		value has '-' character as first character (for example the '-'
		is a valid domain name)

	Some acl types require suspending the current request in order
	to access some external data source.
	Those which do are marked with the tag [slow], those which
	don't are marked as [fast].
	See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl
	for further information

	***** ACL TYPES AVAILABLE *****

	acl aclname src ip-address/mask ...	# clients IP address [fast]
	acl aclname src addr1-addr2/mask ...	# range of addresses [fast]
	acl aclname dst [-n] ip-address/mask ...	# URL host's IP address [slow]
	acl aclname localip ip-address/mask ... # IP address the client connected to [fast]

if USE_SQUID_EUI
	acl aclname arp      mac-address ...
	acl aclname eui64    eui64-address ...
	  # [fast]
	  # MAC (EUI-48) and EUI-64 addresses use xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx notation.
	  #
	  # The 'arp' ACL code is not portable to all operating systems.
	  # It works on Linux, Solaris, Windows, FreeBSD, and some other
	  # BSD variants.
	  #
	  # The eui_lookup directive is required to be 'on' (the default)
	  # and Squid built with --enable-eui for MAC/EUI addresses to be
	  # available for this ACL.
	  #
	  # Squid can only determine the MAC/EUI address for IPv4
	  # clients that are on the same subnet. If the client is on a
	  # different subnet, then Squid cannot find out its address.
	  #
	  # IPv6 protocol does not contain ARP. MAC/EUI is either
	  # encoded directly in the IPv6 address or not available.
endif
	acl aclname clientside_mark mark[/mask] ...
	  # matches CONNMARK of an accepted connection [fast]
	  # DEPRECATED. Use the 'client_connection_mark' instead.

	acl aclname client_connection_mark mark[/mask] ...
	  # matches CONNMARK of an accepted connection [fast]
	  #
	  # mark and mask are unsigned integers (hex, octal, or decimal).
	  # If multiple marks are given, then the ACL matches if at least
	  # one mark matches.
	  #
	  # Uses netfilter-conntrack library.
	  # Requires building Squid with --enable-linux-netfilter.
	  #
	  # The client, various intermediaries, and Squid itself may set
	  # CONNMARK at various times. The last CONNMARK set wins. This ACL
	  # checks the mark present on an accepted connection or set by
	  # Squid afterwards, depending on the ACL check timing. This ACL
	  # effectively ignores any mark set by other agents after Squid has
	  # accepted the connection.

	acl aclname srcdomain   .foo.com ...
	  # reverse lookup, from client IP [slow]
	acl aclname dstdomain [-n] .foo.com ...
	  # Destination server from URL [fast]
	acl aclname srcdom_regex [-i] \.foo\.com ...
	  # regex matching client name [slow]
	acl aclname dstdom_regex [-n] [-i] \.foo\.com ...
	  # regex matching server [fast]
	  #
	  # For dstdomain and dstdom_regex a reverse lookup is tried if a IP
	  # based URL is used and no match is found. The name "none" is used
	  # if the reverse lookup fails.

	acl aclname src_as number ...
	acl aclname dst_as number ...
	  # [fast]
	  # Except for access control, AS numbers can be used for
	  # routing of requests to specific caches. Here's an
	  # example for routing all requests for AS#1241 and only
	  # those to mycache.mydomain.net:
	  # acl asexample dst_as 1241
	  # cache_peer_access mycache.mydomain.net allow asexample
	  # cache_peer_access mycache_mydomain.net deny all

	acl aclname peername myPeer ...
	acl aclname peername_regex [-i] regex-pattern ...
	  # [fast]
	  # match against a named cache_peer entry
	  # set unique name= on cache_peer lines for reliable use.

	acl aclname time [day-abbrevs] [h1:m1-h2:m2]
	  # [fast]
	  #  day-abbrevs:
	  #	S - Sunday
	  #	M - Monday
	  #	T - Tuesday
	  #	W - Wednesday
	  #	H - Thursday
	  #	F - Friday
	  #	A - Saturday
	  #  h1:m1 must be less than h2:m2

	acl aclname url_regex [-i] ^http:// ...
	  # regex matching on whole URL [fast]
	acl aclname urllogin [-i] [^a-zA-Z0-9] ...
	  # regex matching on URL login field
	acl aclname urlpath_regex [-i] \.gif$ ...
	  # regex matching on URL path [fast]

	acl aclname port 80 70 21 0-1024...   # destination TCP port [fast]
	                                      # ranges are allowed
	acl aclname localport 3128 ...	      # TCP port the client connected to [fast]
	                                      # NP: for interception mode this is usually '80'

	acl aclname myportname 3128 ...       # *_port name [fast]

	acl aclname proto HTTP FTP ...        # request protocol [fast]
 
	acl aclname method GET POST ...       # HTTP request method [fast]

	acl aclname http_status 200 301 500- 400-403 ... 
	  # status code in reply [fast]

	acl aclname browser [-i] regexp ...
	  # pattern match on User-Agent header (see also req_header below) [fast]

	acl aclname referer_regex [-i] regexp ...
	  # pattern match on Referer header [fast]
	  # Referer is highly unreliable, so use with care

	acl aclname ident [-i] username ...
	acl aclname ident_regex [-i] pattern ...
	  # string match on ident output [slow]
	  # use REQUIRED to accept any non-null ident.

	acl aclname proxy_auth [-i] username ...
	acl aclname proxy_auth_regex [-i] pattern ...
	  # perform http authentication challenge to the client and match against
	  # supplied credentials [slow]
	  #
	  # takes a list of allowed usernames.
	  # use REQUIRED to accept any valid username.
	  #
	  # Will use proxy authentication in forward-proxy scenarios, and plain
	  # http authentication in reverse-proxy scenarios
	  #
	  # NOTE: when a Proxy-Authentication header is sent but it is not
	  # needed during ACL checking the username is NOT logged
	  # in access.log.
	  #
	  # NOTE: proxy_auth requires a EXTERNAL authentication program
	  # to check username/password combinations (see
	  # auth_param directive).
	  #
	  # NOTE: proxy_auth can't be used in a transparent/intercepting proxy
	  # as the browser needs to be configured for using a proxy in order
	  # to respond to proxy authentication.

	acl aclname snmp_community string ...
	  # A community string to limit access to your SNMP Agent [fast]
	  # Example:
	  #
	  #	acl snmppublic snmp_community public

	acl aclname maxconn number
	  # This will be matched when the client's IP address has
	  # more than <number> TCP connections established. [fast]
	  # NOTE: This only measures direct TCP links so X-Forwarded-For
	  # indirect clients are not counted.

	acl aclname max_user_ip [-s] number
	  # This will be matched when the user attempts to log in from more
	  # than <number> different ip addresses. The authenticate_ip_ttl
	  # parameter controls the timeout on the ip entries. [fast]
	  # If -s is specified the limit is strict, denying browsing
	  # from any further IP addresses until the ttl has expired. Without
	  # -s Squid will just annoy the user by "randomly" denying requests.
	  # (the counter is reset each time the limit is reached and a
	  # request is denied)
	  # NOTE: in acceleration mode or where there is mesh of child proxies,
	  # clients may appear to come from multiple addresses if they are
	  # going through proxy farms, so a limit of 1 may cause user problems.

	acl aclname random probability
	  # Pseudo-randomly match requests. Based on the probability given.
	  # Probability may be written as a decimal (0.333), fraction (1/3)
	  # or ratio of matches:non-matches (3:5).

	acl aclname req_mime_type [-i] mime-type ...
	  # regex match against the mime type of the request generated
	  # by the client. Can be used to detect file upload or some
	  # types HTTP tunneling requests [fast]
	  # NOTE: This does NOT match the reply. You cannot use this
	  # to match the returned file type.

	acl aclname req_header header-name [-i] any\.regex\.here
	  # regex match against any of the known request headers.  May be
	  # thought of as a superset of "browser", "referer" and "mime-type"
	  # ACL [fast]

	acl aclname rep_mime_type [-i] mime-type ...
	  # regex match against the mime type of the reply received by
	  # squid. Can be used to detect file download or some
	  # types HTTP tunneling requests. [fast]
	  # NOTE: This has no effect in http_access rules. It only has
	  # effect in rules that affect the reply data stream such as
	  # http_reply_access.

	acl aclname rep_header header-name [-i] any\.regex\.here
	  # regex match against any of the known reply headers. May be
	  # thought of as a superset of "browser", "referer" and "mime-type"
	  # ACLs [fast]

	acl aclname external class_name [arguments...]
	  # external ACL lookup via a helper class defined by the
	  # external_acl_type directive [slow]

	acl aclname user_cert attribute values...
	  # match against attributes in a user SSL certificate
	  # attribute is one of DN/C/O/CN/L/ST or a numerical OID [fast]

	acl aclname ca_cert attribute values...
	  # match against attributes a users issuing CA SSL certificate
	  # attribute is one of DN/C/O/CN/L/ST or a numerical OID  [fast]

	acl aclname ext_user [-i] username ...
	acl aclname ext_user_regex [-i] pattern ...
	  # string match on username returned by external acl helper [slow]
	  # use REQUIRED to accept any non-null user name.

	acl aclname tag tagvalue ...
	  # string match on tag returned by external acl helper [fast]
	  # DEPRECATED. Only the first tag will match with this ACL.
	  # Use the 'note' ACL instead for handling multiple tag values.

	acl aclname hier_code codename ...
	  # string match against squid hierarchy code(s); [fast]
	  #  e.g., DIRECT, PARENT_HIT, NONE, etc.
	  #
	  # NOTE: This has no effect in http_access rules. It only has
	  # effect in rules that affect the reply data stream such as
	  # http_reply_access.

	acl aclname note [-m[=delimiters]] name [value ...]
	  # match transaction annotation [fast]
	  # Without values, matches any annotation with a given name.
	  # With value(s), matches any annotation with a given name that
	  # also has one of the given values.
	  # If the -m flag is used, then the value of the named
	  # annotation is interpreted as a list of tokens, and the ACL
	  # matches individual name=token pairs rather than whole
	  # name=value pairs. See "ACL Options" above for more info.
	  # Annotation sources include note and adaptation_meta directives
	  # as well as helper and eCAP responses.

	acl aclname annotate_transaction [-m[=delimiters]] key=value ...
	acl aclname annotate_transaction [-m[=delimiters]] key+=value ...
	  # Always matches. [fast]
	  # Used for its side effect: This ACL immediately adds a
	  # key=value annotation to the current master transaction.
	  # The added annotation can then be tested using note ACL and
	  # logged (or sent to helpers) using %note format code.
	  #
	  # Annotations can be specified using replacement and addition
	  # formats. The key=value form replaces old same-key annotation
	  # value(s). The key+=value form appends a new value to the old
	  # same-key annotation. Both forms create a new key=value
	  # annotation if no same-key annotation exists already. If
	  # -m flag is used, then the value is interpreted as a list
	  # and the annotation will contain key=token pair(s) instead of the
	  # whole key=value pair.
	  #
	  # This ACL is especially useful for recording complex multi-step
	  # ACL-driven decisions. For example, the following configuration
	  # avoids logging transactions accepted after aclX matched:
	  #
	  #  # First, mark transactions accepted after aclX matched
	  #  acl markSpecial annotate_transaction special=true
	  #  http_access allow acl001
	  #  ...
	  #  http_access deny acl100
	  #  http_access allow aclX markSpecial
	  #
	  #  # Second, do not log marked transactions:
	  #  acl markedSpecial note special true
	  #  access_log ... deny markedSpecial
	  #
	  #  # Note that the following would not have worked because aclX
	  #  # alone does not determine whether the transaction was allowed:
	  #  access_log ... deny aclX # Wrong!
	  #
	  # Warning: This ACL annotates the transaction even when negated
	  # and even if subsequent ACLs fail to match. For example, the
	  # following three rules will have exactly the same effect as far
	  # as annotations set by the "mark" ACL are concerned:
	  #
	  #  some_directive acl1 ... mark # rule matches if mark is reached
	  #  some_directive acl1 ... !mark     # rule never matches
	  #  some_directive acl1 ... mark !all # rule never matches

	acl aclname annotate_client [-m[=delimiters]] key=value ...
	acl aclname annotate_client [-m[=delimiters]] key+=value ...
	  #
	  # Always matches. [fast]
	  # Used for its side effect: This ACL immediately adds a
	  # key=value annotation to the current client-to-Squid
	  # connection. Connection annotations are propagated to the current
	  # and all future master transactions on the annotated connection.
	  # See the annotate_transaction ACL for details.
	  #
	  # For example, the following configuration avoids rewriting URLs
	  # of transactions bumped by SslBump:
	  #
	  #  # First, mark bumped connections:
	  #  acl markBumped annotate_client bumped=true
	  #  ssl_bump peek acl1
	  #  ssl_bump stare acl2
	  #  ssl_bump bump acl3 markBumped
	  #  ssl_bump splice all
	  #
	  #  # Second, do not send marked transactions to the redirector:
	  #  acl markedBumped note bumped true
	  #  url_rewrite_access deny markedBumped
	  #
	  #  # Note that the following would not have worked because acl3 alone
	  #  # does not determine whether the connection is going to be bumped:
	  #  url_rewrite_access deny acl3 # Wrong!

	acl aclname adaptation_service service ...
	  # Matches the name of any icap_service, ecap_service,
	  # adaptation_service_set, or adaptation_service_chain that Squid
	  # has used (or attempted to use) for the master transaction.
	  # This ACL must be defined after the corresponding adaptation
	  # service is named in squid.conf. This ACL is usable with
	  # adaptation_meta because it starts matching immediately after
	  # the service has been selected for adaptation.

	acl aclname transaction_initiator initiator ...
	  # Matches transaction's initiator [fast]
	  #
	  # Supported initiators are:
	  #  esi: matches transactions fetching ESI resources
	  #  certificate-fetching: matches transactions fetching
	  #     a missing intermediate TLS certificate
	  #  cache-digest: matches transactions fetching Cache Digests
	  #     from a cache_peer
	  #  htcp: matches HTCP requests from peers
	  #  icp: matches ICP requests to peers
	  #  icmp: matches ICMP RTT database (NetDB) requests to peers
	  #  asn: matches asns db requests
	  #  internal: matches any of the above
	  #  client: matches transactions containing an HTTP or FTP
	  #     client request received at a Squid *_port
	  #  all: matches any transaction, including internal transactions
	  #     without a configurable initiator and hopefully rare
	  #     transactions without a known-to-Squid initiator
	  #
	  # Multiple initiators are ORed.

	acl aclname has component
	  # matches a transaction "component" [fast]
	  #
	  # Supported transaction components are:
	  #  request: transaction has a request header (at least)
	  #  response: transaction has a response header (at least)
	  #  ALE: transaction has an internally-generated Access Log Entry
	  #       structure; bugs notwithstanding, all transaction have it
	  #
	  # For example, the following configuration helps when dealing with HTTP
	  # clients that close connections without sending a request header:
	  #
	  #  acl hasRequest has request
	  #  acl logMe note important_transaction
	  #  # avoid "logMe ACL is used in context without an HTTP request" warnings
	  #  access_log ... logformat=detailed hasRequest logMe
	  #  # log request-less transactions, instead of ignoring them
	  #  access_log ... logformat=brief !hasRequest
	  #
	  # Multiple components are not supported for one "acl" rule, but
	  # can be specified (and are ORed) using multiple same-name rules:
	  #
	  #  # OK, this strange logging daemon needs request or response,
	  #  # but can work without either a request or a response:
	  #  acl hasWhatMyLoggingDaemonNeeds has request
	  #  acl hasWhatMyLoggingDaemonNeeds has response

acl aclname at_step step
	  # match against the current request processing step [fast]
	  # Valid steps are:
	  #   GeneratingCONNECT: Generating HTTP CONNECT request headers
IF USE_OPENSSL
	  # The following ssl_bump processing steps are recognized:
	  #   SslBump1: After getting TCP-level and HTTP CONNECT info.
	  #   SslBump2: After getting SSL Client Hello info.
	  #   SslBump3: After getting SSL Server Hello info.
ENDIF

IF USE_OPENSSL
	acl aclname ssl_error errorname
	  # match against SSL certificate validation error [fast]
	  #
	  # For valid error names see in @DEFAULT_ERROR_DIR@/templates/error-details.txt
	  # template file.
	  #
	  # The following can be used as shortcuts for certificate properties:
	  #  [ssl::]certHasExpired: the "not after" field is in the past
	  #  [ssl::]certNotYetValid: the "not before" field is in the future
	  #  [ssl::]certUntrusted: The certificate issuer is not to be trusted.
	  #  [ssl::]certSelfSigned: The certificate is self signed.
	  #  [ssl::]certDomainMismatch: The certificate CN domain does not
	  #         match the name the name of the host we are connecting to.
	  #
	  # The ssl::certHasExpired, ssl::certNotYetValid, ssl::certDomainMismatch,
	  # ssl::certUntrusted, and ssl::certSelfSigned can also be used as
	  # predefined ACLs, just like the 'all' ACL.
	  #
	  # NOTE: The ssl_error ACL is only supported with sslproxy_cert_error,
	  # sslproxy_cert_sign, and sslproxy_cert_adapt options.

	acl aclname server_cert_fingerprint [-sha1] fingerprint
	  # match against server SSL certificate fingerprint [fast]
	  #
	  # The fingerprint is the digest of the DER encoded version 
	  # of the whole certificate. The user should use the form: XX:XX:...
	  # Optional argument specifies the digest algorithm to use.
	  # The SHA1 digest algorithm is the default and is currently
	  # the only algorithm supported (-sha1).

	acl aclname ssl::server_name [option] .foo.com ...
	  # matches server name obtained from various sources [fast]
	  #
	  # The ACL computes server name(s) using such information sources as
	  # CONNECT request URI, TLS client SNI, and TLS server certificate 
	  # subject (CN and SubjectAltName). The computed server name(s) usually
	  # change with each SslBump step, as more info becomes available:
	  # * SNI is used as the server name instead of the request URI,
	  # * subject name(s) from the server certificate (CN and
	  #   SubjectAltName) are used as the server names instead of SNI.
	  #
	  # When the ACL computes multiple server names, matching any single
	  # computed name is sufficient for the ACL to match.
	  #
	  # The "none" name can be used to match transactions where the ACL
	  # could not compute the server name using any information source
	  # that was both available and allowed to be used by the ACL options at
	  # the ACL evaluation time.
	  #
	  # Unlike dstdomain, this ACL does not perform DNS lookups.
	  #
	  # An ACL option below may be used to restrict what information 
	  # sources are used to extract the server names from:
	  #
	  # --client-requested
	  #   The server name is SNI regardless of what the server says.
	  # --server-provided
	  #   The server name(s) are the certificate subject name(s), regardless
	  #   of what the client has requested. If the server certificate is
	  #   unavailable, then the name is "none".
	  # --consensus
	  #   The server name is either SNI (if SNI matches at least one of the
	  #   certificate subject names) or "none" (otherwise). When the server
	  #   certificate is unavailable, the consensus server name is SNI.
	  #
	  # Combining multiple options in one ACL is a fatal configuration
	  # error.
	  #
	  # For all options: If no SNI is available, then the CONNECT request
	  # target (a.k.a. URI) is used instead of SNI (for an intercepted
	  # connection, this target is the destination IP address).

	acl aclname ssl::server_name_regex [-i] \.foo\.com ...
	  # regex matches server name obtained from various sources [fast]

	acl aclname connections_encrypted
	  # matches transactions with all HTTP messages received over TLS
	  # transport connections. [fast]
	  #
	  # The master transaction deals with HTTP messages received from
	  # various sources. All sources used by the master transaction in the
	  # past are considered by the ACL. The following rules define whether
	  # a given message source taints the entire master transaction,
	  # resulting in ACL mismatches:
	  #
	  #  * The HTTP client transport connection is not TLS.
	  #  * An adaptation service connection-encryption flag is off.
	  #  * The peer or origin server transport connection is not TLS.
	  #
	  # Caching currently does not affect these rules. This cache ignorance
	  # implies that only the current HTTP client transport and REQMOD
	  # services status determine whether this ACL matches a from-cache
	  # transaction. The source of the cached response does not have any
	  # effect on future transaction that use the cached response without
	  # revalidation. This may change.
	  #
	  # DNS, ICP, and HTCP exchanges during the master transaction do not
	  # affect these rules.
ENDIF
	acl aclname any-of acl1 acl2 ...
	  # match any one of the acls [fast or slow]
	  # The first matching ACL stops further ACL evaluation.
	  #
	  # ACLs from multiple any-of lines with the same name are ORed.
	  # For example, A = (a1 or a2) or (a3 or a4) can be written as
	  #   acl A any-of a1 a2
	  #   acl A any-of a3 a4
	  #
	  # This group ACL is fast if all evaluated ACLs in the group are fast
	  # and slow otherwise.

	acl aclname all-of acl1 acl2 ... 
	  # match all of the acls [fast or slow]
	  # The first mismatching ACL stops further ACL evaluation.
	  #
	  # ACLs from multiple all-of lines with the same name are ORed.
	  # For example, B = (b1 and b2) or (b3 and b4) can be written as
	  #   acl B all-of b1 b2
	  #   acl B all-of b3 b4
	  #
	  # This group ACL is fast if all evaluated ACLs in the group are fast
	  # and slow otherwise.

	Examples:
		acl macaddress arp 09:00:2b:23:45:67
		acl myexample dst_as 1241
		acl password proxy_auth REQUIRED
		acl fileupload req_mime_type -i ^multipart/form-data$
		acl javascript rep_mime_type -i ^application/x-javascript$

CONFIG_START
#
# Recommended minimum configuration:
#

# Example rule allowing access from your local networks.
# Adapt to list your (internal) IP networks from where browsing
# should be allowed
acl localnet src 0.0.0.1-0.255.255.255	# RFC 1122 "this" network (LAN)
acl localnet src 10.0.0.0/8		# RFC 1918 local private network (LAN)
acl localnet src 100.64.0.0/10		# RFC 6598 shared address space (CGN)
acl localnet src 169.254.0.0/16 	# RFC 3927 link-local (directly plugged) machines
acl localnet src 172.16.0.0/12		# RFC 1918 local private network (LAN)
acl localnet src 192.168.0.0/16		# RFC 1918 local private network (LAN)
acl localnet src fc00::/7       	# RFC 4193 local private network range
acl localnet src fe80::/10      	# RFC 4291 link-local (directly plugged) machines

acl SSL_ports port 443
acl Safe_ports port 80		# http
acl Safe_ports port 21		# ftp
acl Safe_ports port 443		# https
acl Safe_ports port 70		# gopher
acl Safe_ports port 210		# wais
acl Safe_ports port 1025-65535	# unregistered ports
acl Safe_ports port 280		# http-mgmt
acl Safe_ports port 488		# gss-http
acl Safe_ports port 591		# filemaker
acl Safe_ports port 777		# multiling http
CONFIG_END
DOC_END

NAME: proxy_protocol_access
TYPE: acl_access
LOC: Config.accessList.proxyProtocol
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: all TCP connections to ports with require-proxy-header will be denied
DOC_START
	Determine which client proxies can be trusted to provide correct
	information regarding real client IP address using PROXY protocol.

	Requests may pass through a chain of several other proxies
	before reaching us. The original source details may by sent in:
		* HTTP message Forwarded header, or
		* HTTP message X-Forwarded-For header, or
		* PROXY protocol connection header.

	This directive is solely for validating new PROXY protocol
	connections received from a port flagged with require-proxy-header.
	It is checked only once after TCP connection setup.

	A deny match results in TCP connection closure.

	An allow match is required for Squid to permit the corresponding
	TCP connection, before Squid even looks for HTTP request headers.
	If there is an allow match, Squid starts using PROXY header information
	to determine the source address of the connection for all future ACL
	checks, logging, etc.

	SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS:

		Any host from which we accept client IP details can place
		incorrect information in the relevant header, and Squid
		will use the incorrect information as if it were the
		source address of the request.  This may enable remote
		hosts to bypass any access control restrictions that are
		based on the client's source addresses.

	This clause only supports fast acl types.
	See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
DOC_END

NAME: follow_x_forwarded_for
TYPE: acl_access
IFDEF: FOLLOW_X_FORWARDED_FOR
LOC: Config.accessList.followXFF
DEFAULT_IF_NONE: deny all
DEFAULT_DOC: X-Forwarded-For header will be ignored.
DOC_START
	Determine which client proxies can be trusted to provide correct
	information regarding real client IP address.

	Requests may pass through a chain of several other proxies
	before reaching us. The original source details may by sent in:
		* HTTP message Forwarded header, or
		* HTTP message X-Forwarded-For header, or
		* PROXY protocol connection header.

	PROXY protocol connections are controlled by the proxy_protocol_access
	directive which is checked before this.

	If a request reaches us from a source that is allowed by this
	directive, then we trust the information it provides regarding
	the IP of the client it received from (if any).

	For the purpose of ACLs used in this directive the src ACL type always
	matches the address we are testing and srcdomain matches its rDNS.

	On each HTTP request Squid checks for X-Forwarded-For header fields.
	If found the header values are iterated in reverse order and an allow
	match is required for Squid to continue on to the next value.
	The verification ends when a value receives a deny match, cannot be
	tested, or there are no more values to test.
	NOTE: Squid does not yet follow the Forwarded HTTP header.

	The end result of this process is an IP address that we will
	refer to as the indirect client address.  This address may
	be treated as the client address for access control, ICAP, delay
	pools and logging, depending on the acl_uses_indirect_client,
	icap_uses_indirect_client, delay_pool_uses_indirect_client, 
	log_uses_indirect_client and tproxy_uses_indirect_client options.

	This clause only supports fast acl types.
	See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.

	SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS:

		Any host from which we accept client IP details can place
		incorrect information in the relevant header, and Squid
		will use the incorrect information as if it were the
		source address of the request.  This may enable remote
		hosts to bypass any access control restrictions that are
		based on the client's source addresses.

	For example:

		acl localhost src 127.0.0.1
		acl my_other_proxy srcdomain .proxy.example.com
		follow_x_forwarded_for allow localhost
		follow_x_forwarded_for allow my_other_proxy
DOC_END

NAME: acl_uses_indirect_client
COMMENT: on|off
TYPE: onoff
IFDEF: FOLLOW_X_FORWARDED_FOR
DEFAULT: on
LOC: Config.onoff.acl_uses_indirect_client
DOC_START
	Controls whether the indirect client address
	(see follow_x_forwarded_for) is used instead of the
	direct client address in acl matching.

	NOTE: maxconn ACL considers direct TCP links and indirect
	      clients will always have zero. So no match.
DOC_END

NAME: delay_pool_uses_indirect_client
COMMENT: on|off
TYPE: onoff
IFDEF: FOLLOW_X_FORWARDED_FOR&&USE_DELAY_POOLS
DEFAULT: on
LOC: Config.onoff.delay_pool_uses_indirect_client
DOC_START
	Controls whether the indirect client address
	(see follow_x_forwarded_for) is used instead of the
	direct client address in delay pools.
DOC_END

NAME: log_uses_indirect_client
COMMENT: on|off
TYPE: onoff
IFDEF: FOLLOW_X_FORWARDED_FOR
DEFAULT: on
LOC: Config.onoff.log_uses_indirect_client
DOC_START
	Controls whether the indirect client address
	(see follow_x_forwarded_for) is used instead of the
	direct client address in the access log.
DOC_END

NAME: tproxy_uses_indirect_client
COMMENT: on|off
TYPE: onoff
IFDEF: FOLLOW_X_FORWARDED_FOR&&LINUX_NETFILTER
DEFAULT: off
LOC: Config.onoff.tproxy_uses_indirect_client
DOC_START
	Controls whether the indirect client address
	(see follow_x_forwarded_for) is used instead of the
	direct client address when spoofing the outgoing client.

	This has no effect on requests arriving in non-tproxy
	mode ports.

	SECURITY WARNING: Usage of this option is dangerous
	and should not be used trivially. Correct configuration
	of follow_x_forwarded_for with a limited set of trusted
	sources is required to prevent abuse of your proxy.
DOC_END

NAME: spoof_client_ip
TYPE: acl_access
LOC: Config.accessList.spoof_client_ip
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Allow spoofing on all TPROXY traffic.
DOC_START
	Control client IP address spoofing of TPROXY traffic based on
	defined access lists.

	spoof_client_ip allow|deny [!]aclname ...

	If there are no "spoof_client_ip" lines present, the default
	is to "allow" spoofing of any suitable request.

	Note that the cache_peer "no-tproxy" option overrides this ACL.

	This clause supports fast acl types.
	See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
DOC_END

NAME: http_access
TYPE: acl_access
LOC: Config.accessList.http
DEFAULT_IF_NONE: deny all
DEFAULT_DOC: Deny, unless rules exist in squid.conf.
DOC_START
	Allowing or Denying access based on defined access lists

	To allow or deny a message received on an HTTP, HTTPS, or FTP port:
	http_access allow|deny [!]aclname ...

	NOTE on default values:

	If there are no "access" lines present, the default is to deny
	the request.

	If none of the "access" lines cause a match, the default is the
	opposite of the last line in the list.  If the last line was
	deny, the default is allow.  Conversely, if the last line
	is allow, the default will be deny.  For these reasons, it is a
	good idea to have an "deny all" entry at the end of your access
	lists to avoid potential confusion.

	This clause supports both fast and slow acl types.
	See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.

CONFIG_START

#
# Recommended minimum Access Permission configuration:
#
# Deny requests to certain unsafe ports
http_access deny !Safe_ports

# Deny CONNECT to other than secure SSL ports
http_access deny CONNECT !SSL_ports

# Only allow cachemgr access from localhost
http_access allow localhost manager
http_access deny manager

# We strongly recommend the following be uncommented to protect innocent
# web applications running on the proxy server who think the only
# one who can access services on "localhost" is a local user
#http_access deny to_localhost

#
# INSERT YOUR OWN RULE(S) HERE TO ALLOW ACCESS FROM YOUR CLIENTS
#

# Example rule allowing access from your local networks.
# Adapt localnet in the ACL section to list your (internal) IP networks
# from where browsing should be allowed
http_access allow localnet
http_access allow localhost

# And finally deny all other access to this proxy
http_access deny all
CONFIG_END
DOC_END

NAME: adapted_http_access http_access2
TYPE: acl_access
LOC: Config.accessList.adapted_http
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Allow, unless rules exist in squid.conf.
DOC_START
	Allowing or Denying access based on defined access lists

	Essentially identical to http_access, but runs after redirectors
	and ICAP/eCAP adaptation. Allowing access control based on their
	output.

	If not set then only http_access is used.
DOC_END

NAME: http_reply_access
TYPE: acl_access
LOC: Config.accessList.reply
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Allow, unless rules exist in squid.conf.
DOC_START
	Allow replies to client requests. This is complementary to http_access.

	http_reply_access allow|deny [!] aclname ...

	NOTE: if there are no access lines present, the default is to allow
	all replies.

	If none of the access lines cause a match the opposite of the
	last line will apply. Thus it is good practice to end the rules
	with an "allow all" or "deny all" entry.

	This clause supports both fast and slow acl types.
	See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
DOC_END

NAME: icp_access
TYPE: acl_access
LOC: Config.accessList.icp
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Deny, unless rules exist in squid.conf.
DOC_START
	Allowing or Denying access to the ICP port based on defined
	access lists

	icp_access  allow|deny [!]aclname ...

	NOTE: The default if no icp_access lines are present is to
	deny all traffic. This default may cause problems with peers
	using ICP.

	This clause only supports fast acl types.
	See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.

# Allow ICP queries from local networks only
#icp_access allow localnet
#icp_access deny all
DOC_END

NAME: htcp_access
IFDEF: USE_HTCP
TYPE: acl_access
LOC: Config.accessList.htcp
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Deny, unless rules exist in squid.conf.
DOC_START
	Allowing or Denying access to the HTCP port based on defined
	access lists

	htcp_access  allow|deny [!]aclname ...

	See also htcp_clr_access for details on access control for
	cache purge (CLR) HTCP messages.

	NOTE: The default if no htcp_access lines are present is to
	deny all traffic. This default may cause problems with peers
	using the htcp option.

	This clause only supports fast acl types.
	See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.

# Allow HTCP queries from local networks only
#htcp_access allow localnet
#htcp_access deny all
DOC_END

NAME: htcp_clr_access
IFDEF: USE_HTCP
TYPE: acl_access
LOC: Config.accessList.htcp_clr
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Deny, unless rules exist in squid.conf.
DOC_START
	Allowing or Denying access to purge content using HTCP based
	on defined access lists.
	See htcp_access for details on general HTCP access control.

	htcp_clr_access  allow|deny [!]aclname ...

	This clause only supports fast acl types.
	See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.

# Allow HTCP CLR requests from trusted peers
acl htcp_clr_peer src 192.0.2.2 2001:DB8::2
htcp_clr_access allow htcp_clr_peer
htcp_clr_access deny all
DOC_END

NAME: miss_access
TYPE: acl_access
LOC: Config.accessList.miss
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Allow, unless rules exist in squid.conf.
DOC_START
	Determines whether network access is permitted when satisfying a request.

	For example;
	    to force your neighbors to use you as a sibling instead of
	    a parent.

		acl localclients src 192.0.2.0/24 2001:DB8::a:0/64
		miss_access deny  !localclients
		miss_access allow all

	This means only your local clients are allowed to fetch relayed/MISS
	replies from the network and all other clients can only fetch cached
	objects (HITs).

	The default for this setting allows all clients who passed the
	http_access rules to relay via this proxy.

	This clause only supports fast acl types.
	See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
DOC_END

NAME: ident_lookup_access
TYPE: acl_access
IFDEF: USE_IDENT
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Unless rules exist in squid.conf, IDENT is not fetched.
LOC: Ident::TheConfig.identLookup
DOC_START
	A list of ACL elements which, if matched, cause an ident
	(RFC 931) lookup to be performed for this request.  For
	example, you might choose to always perform ident lookups
	for your main multi-user Unix boxes, but not for your Macs
	and PCs.  By default, ident lookups are not performed for
	any requests.

	To enable ident lookups for specific client addresses, you
	can follow this example:

	acl ident_aware_hosts src 198.168.1.0/24
	ident_lookup_access allow ident_aware_hosts
	ident_lookup_access deny all

	Only src type ACL checks are fully supported.  A srcdomain
	ACL might work at times, but it will not always provide
	the correct result.

	This clause only supports fast acl types.
	See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
DOC_END

NAME: reply_body_max_size
COMMENT: size [acl acl...]
TYPE: acl_b_size_t
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: No limit is applied.
LOC: Config.ReplyBodySize
DOC_START
	This option specifies the maximum size of a reply body. It can be
	used to prevent users from downloading very large files, such as
	MP3's and movies. When the reply headers are received, the
	reply_body_max_size lines are processed, and the first line where
	all (if any) listed ACLs are true is used as the maximum body size
	for this reply.

	This size is checked twice. First when we get the reply headers,
	we check the content-length value.  If the content length value exists
	and is larger than the allowed size, the request is denied and the
	user receives an error message that says "the request or reply
	is too large." If there is no content-length, and the reply
	size exceeds this limit, the client's connection is just closed
	and they will receive a partial reply.

	WARNING: downstream caches probably can not detect a partial reply
	if there is no content-length header, so they will cache
	partial responses and give them out as hits.  You should NOT
	use this option if you have downstream caches.

	WARNING: A maximum size smaller than the size of squid's error messages
	will cause an infinite loop and crash squid. Ensure that the smallest
	non-zero value you use is greater that the maximum header size plus
	the size of your largest error page.

	If you set this parameter none (the default), there will be
	no limit imposed.

	Configuration Format is:
		reply_body_max_size SIZE UNITS [acl ...]
	ie.
		reply_body_max_size 10 MB

DOC_END

NAME: on_unsupported_protocol
TYPE: on_unsupported_protocol
LOC: Config.accessList.on_unsupported_protocol
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Respond with an error message to unidentifiable traffic
DOC_START
	Determines Squid behavior when encountering strange requests at the
	beginning of an accepted TCP connection or the beginning of a bumped
	CONNECT tunnel. Controlling Squid reaction to unexpected traffic is
	especially useful in interception environments where Squid is likely
	to see connections for unsupported protocols that Squid should either
	terminate or tunnel at TCP level.
 
		on_unsupported_protocol <action> [!]acl ...
 
	The first matching action wins. Only fast ACLs are supported.

	Supported actions are:
 
	tunnel: Establish a TCP connection with the intended server and
		blindly shovel TCP packets between the client and server.

	respond: Respond with an error message, using the transfer protocol
		for the Squid port that received the request (e.g., HTTP
		for connections intercepted at the http_port). This is the
		default.

	Squid expects the following traffic patterns:

	  http_port: a plain HTTP request
	  https_port: SSL/TLS handshake followed by an [encrypted] HTTP request
	  ftp_port: a plain FTP command (no on_unsupported_protocol support yet!)
	  CONNECT tunnel on http_port: same as https_port
	  CONNECT tunnel on https_port: same as https_port

	Currently, this directive has effect on intercepted connections and
	bumped tunnels only. Other cases are not supported because Squid
	cannot know the intended destination of other traffic.

	For example:
	  # define what Squid errors indicate receiving non-HTTP traffic:
	  acl foreignProtocol squid_error ERR_PROTOCOL_UNKNOWN ERR_TOO_BIG
	  # define what Squid errors indicate receiving nothing:
	  acl serverTalksFirstProtocol squid_error ERR_REQUEST_START_TIMEOUT
	  # tunnel everything that does not look like HTTP:
          on_unsupported_protocol tunnel foreignProtocol
	  # tunnel if we think the client waits for the server to talk first:
	  on_unsupported_protocol tunnel serverTalksFirstProtocol
	  # in all other error cases, just send an HTTP "error page" response:
	  on_unsupported_protocol respond all

	See also: squid_error ACL
DOC_END

NAME: auth_schemes
TYPE: AuthSchemes
IFDEF: USE_AUTH
LOC: Auth::TheConfig.schemeAccess
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: use all auth_param schemes in their configuration order
DOC_START
	Use this directive to customize authentication schemes presence and
	order in Squid's Unauthorized and Authentication Required responses.

		auth_schemes scheme1,scheme2,... [!]aclname ...

	where schemeN is the name of one of the authentication schemes
	configured using auth_param directives. At least one scheme name is
	required. Multiple scheme names are separated by commas. Either
	avoid whitespace or quote the entire schemes list.

	A special "ALL" scheme name expands to all auth_param-configured
	schemes in their configuration order. This directive cannot be used
	to configure Squid to offer no authentication schemes at all.

	The first matching auth_schemes rule determines the schemes order
	for the current Authentication Required transaction. Note that the
	future response is not yet available during auth_schemes evaluation.

	If this directive is not used or none of its rules match, then Squid
	responds with all configured authentication schemes in the order of
	auth_param directives in the configuration file.

	This directive does not determine when authentication is used or
	how each authentication scheme authenticates clients.

	The following example sends basic and negotiate authentication
	schemes, in that order, when requesting authentication of HTTP
	requests matching the isIE ACL (not shown) while sending all
	auth_param schemes in their configuration order to other clients:

		auth_schemes basic,negotiate isIE
		auth_schemes ALL all # explicit default

	This directive supports fast ACLs only.

	See also: auth_param.
DOC_END

COMMENT_START
 NETWORK OPTIONS
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: http_port ascii_port
TYPE: PortCfg
DEFAULT: none
LOC: HttpPortList
DOC_START
	Usage:	port [mode] [options]
		hostname:port [mode] [options]
		1.2.3.4:port [mode] [options]

	The socket addresses where Squid will listen for HTTP client
	requests.  You may specify multiple socket addresses.
	There are three forms: port alone, hostname with port, and
	IP address with port.  If you specify a hostname or IP
	address, Squid binds the socket to that specific
	address. Most likely, you do not need to bind to a specific
	address, so you can use the port number alone.

	If you are running Squid in accelerator mode, you
	probably want to listen on port 80 also, or instead.

	The -a command line option may be used to specify additional
	port(s) where Squid listens for proxy request. Such ports will
	be plain proxy ports with no options.

	You may specify multiple socket addresses on multiple lines.

	Modes:

	   intercept	Support for IP-Layer NAT interception delivering
			traffic to this Squid port.
			NP: disables authentication on the port.

	   tproxy	Support Linux TPROXY (or BSD divert-to) with spoofing
			of outgoing connections using the client IP address.
			NP: disables authentication on the port.

	   accel	Accelerator / reverse proxy mode

	   ssl-bump	For each CONNECT request allowed by ssl_bump ACLs,
			establish secure connection with the client and with
			the server, decrypt HTTPS messages as they pass through
			Squid, and treat them as unencrypted HTTP messages,
			becoming the man-in-the-middle.

			The ssl_bump option is required to fully enable
			bumping of CONNECT requests.

	Omitting the mode flag causes default forward proxy mode to be used.


	Accelerator Mode Options:

	   defaultsite=domainname
			What to use for the Host: header if it is not present
			in a request. Determines what site (not origin server)
			accelerators should consider the default.

	   no-vhost	Disable using HTTP/1.1 Host header for virtual domain support.

	   protocol=	Protocol to reconstruct accelerated and intercepted
			requests with. Defaults to HTTP/1.1 for http_port and
			HTTPS/1.1 for https_port.
			When an unsupported value is configured Squid will
			produce a FATAL error.
			Values: HTTP or HTTP/1.1, HTTPS or HTTPS/1.1

	   vport	Virtual host port support. Using the http_port number
			instead of the port passed on Host: headers.

	   vport=NN	Virtual host port support. Using the specified port
			number instead of the port passed on Host: headers.

	   act-as-origin
			Act as if this Squid is the origin server.
			This currently means generate new Date: and Expires:
			headers on HIT instead of adding Age:.

	   ignore-cc	Ignore request Cache-Control headers.

			WARNING: This option violates HTTP specifications if
			used in non-accelerator setups.

	   allow-direct	Allow direct forwarding in accelerator mode. Normally
			accelerated requests are denied direct forwarding as if
			never_direct was used.

			WARNING: this option opens accelerator mode to security
			vulnerabilities usually only affecting in interception
			mode. Make sure to protect forwarding with suitable
			http_access rules when using this.


	SSL Bump Mode Options:
	    In addition to these options ssl-bump requires TLS/SSL options.

	   generate-host-certificates[=<on|off>]
			Dynamically create SSL server certificates for the
			destination hosts of bumped CONNECT requests.When 
			enabled, the cert and key options are used to sign
			generated certificates. Otherwise generated
			certificate will be selfsigned.
			If there is a CA certificate lifetime of the generated 
			certificate equals lifetime of the CA certificate. If
			generated certificate is selfsigned lifetime is three 
			years.
			This option is enabled by default when ssl-bump is used.
			See the ssl-bump option above for more information.
			
	   dynamic_cert_mem_cache_size=SIZE
			Approximate total RAM size spent on cached generated
			certificates. If set to zero, caching is disabled. The
			default value is 4MB.

	TLS / SSL Options:

	   tls-cert=	Path to file containing an X.509 certificate (PEM format)
			to be used in the TLS handshake ServerHello.

			If this certificate is constrained by KeyUsage TLS
			feature it must allow HTTP server usage, along with
			any additional restrictions imposed by your choice
			of options= settings.

			When OpenSSL is used this file may also contain a
			chain of intermediate CA certificates to send in the
			TLS handshake.

			When GnuTLS is used this option (and any paired
			tls-key= option) may be repeated to load multiple
			certificates for different domains.

			Also, when generate-host-certificates=on is configured
			the first tls-cert= option must be a CA certificate
			capable of signing the automatically generated
			certificates.

	   tls-key=	Path to a file containing private key file (PEM format)
			for the previous tls-cert= option.

			If tls-key= is not specified tls-cert= is assumed to
			reference a PEM file containing both the certificate
			and private key.

	   cipher=	Colon separated list of supported ciphers.
			NOTE: some ciphers such as EDH ciphers depend on
			      additional settings. If those settings are
			      omitted the ciphers may be silently ignored
			      by the OpenSSL library.

	   options=	Various SSL implementation options. The most important
			being:

			    NO_SSLv3    Disallow the use of SSLv3

			    NO_TLSv1    Disallow the use of TLSv1.0

			    NO_TLSv1_1  Disallow the use of TLSv1.1

			    NO_TLSv1_2  Disallow the use of TLSv1.2

			    SINGLE_DH_USE
				      Always create a new key when using
				      temporary/ephemeral DH key exchanges

			    SINGLE_ECDH_USE
				      Enable ephemeral ECDH key exchange.
				      The adopted curve should be specified
				      using the tls-dh option.

			    NO_TICKET
				      Disable use of RFC5077 session tickets.
				      Some servers may have problems
				      understanding the TLS extension due
				      to ambiguous specification in RFC4507.

			    ALL       Enable various bug workarounds
				      suggested as "harmless" by OpenSSL
				      Be warned that this reduces SSL/TLS
				      strength to some attacks.

			See the OpenSSL SSL_CTX_set_options documentation for a
			more complete list.

	   clientca=	File containing the list of CAs to use when
			requesting a client certificate.

	   tls-cafile=	PEM file containing CA certificates to use when verifying
			client certificates. If not configured clientca will be
			used. May be repeated to load multiple files.

	   capath=	Directory containing additional CA certificates
			and CRL lists to use when verifying client certificates.
			Requires OpenSSL or LibreSSL.

	   crlfile=	File of additional CRL lists to use when verifying
			the client certificate, in addition to CRLs stored in
			the capath. Implies VERIFY_CRL flag below.

	   tls-dh=[curve:]file
			File containing DH parameters for temporary/ephemeral DH key
			exchanges, optionally prefixed by a curve for ephemeral ECDH
			key exchanges.
			See OpenSSL documentation for details on how to create the
			DH parameter file. Supported curves for ECDH can be listed
			using the "openssl ecparam -list_curves" command.
			WARNING: EDH and EECDH ciphers will be silently disabled if
				 this option is not set.

	   sslflags=	Various flags modifying the use of SSL:
			    DELAYED_AUTH
				Don't request client certificates
				immediately, but wait until acl processing
				requires a certificate (not yet implemented).
			    CONDITIONAL_AUTH
				Request a client certificate during the TLS
				handshake, but ignore certificate absence in
				the TLS client Hello. If the client does
				supply a certificate, it is validated.
			    NO_SESSION_REUSE
				Don't allow for session reuse. Each connection
				will result in a new SSL session.
			    VERIFY_CRL
				Verify CRL lists when accepting client
				certificates.
			    VERIFY_CRL_ALL
				Verify CRL lists for all certificates in the
				client certificate chain.

	   tls-default-ca[=off]
			Whether to use the system Trusted CAs. Default is OFF.

	   tls-no-npn	Do not use the TLS NPN extension to advertise HTTP/1.1.

	   sslcontext=	SSL session ID context identifier.

	Other Options:

	   connection-auth[=on|off]
	                use connection-auth=off to tell Squid to prevent 
	                forwarding Microsoft connection oriented authentication
			(NTLM, Negotiate and Kerberos)

	   disable-pmtu-discovery=
			Control Path-MTU discovery usage:
			    off		lets OS decide on what to do (default).
			    transparent	disable PMTU discovery when transparent
					support is enabled.
			    always	disable always PMTU discovery.

			In many setups of transparently intercepting proxies
			Path-MTU discovery can not work on traffic towards the
			clients. This is the case when the intercepting device
			does not fully track connections and fails to forward
			ICMP must fragment messages to the cache server. If you
			have such setup and experience that certain clients
			sporadically hang or never complete requests set
			disable-pmtu-discovery option to 'transparent'.

	   name=	Specifies a internal name for the port. Defaults to
			the port specification (port or addr:port)

	   tcpkeepalive[=idle,interval,timeout]
			Enable TCP keepalive probes of idle connections.
			In seconds; idle is the initial time before TCP starts
			probing the connection, interval how often to probe, and
			timeout the time before giving up.

	   require-proxy-header
			Require PROXY protocol version 1 or 2 connections.
			The proxy_protocol_access is required to permit
			downstream proxies which can be trusted.

	   worker-queues
			Ask TCP stack to maintain a dedicated listening queue
			for each worker accepting requests at this port.
			Requires TCP stack that supports the SO_REUSEPORT socket
			option.

			SECURITY WARNING: Enabling worker-specific queues
			allows any process running as Squid's effective user to
			easily accept requests destined to this port.

	If you run Squid on a dual-homed machine with an internal
	and an external interface we recommend you to specify the
	internal address:port in http_port. This way Squid will only be
	visible on the internal address.

CONFIG_START

# Squid normally listens to port 3128
http_port @DEFAULT_HTTP_PORT@
CONFIG_END
DOC_END

NAME: https_port
IFDEF: USE_GNUTLS||USE_OPENSSL
TYPE: PortCfg
DEFAULT: none
LOC: HttpPortList
DOC_START
	Usage:  [ip:]port [mode] tls-cert=certificate.pem [options]

	The socket address where Squid will listen for client requests made
	over TLS or SSL connections. Commonly referred to as HTTPS.

	This is most useful for situations where you are running squid in
	accelerator mode and you want to do the TLS work at the accelerator
	level.

	You may specify multiple socket addresses on multiple lines,
	each with their own certificate and/or options.

	The tls-cert= option is mandatory on HTTPS ports.

	See http_port for a list of modes and options.
DOC_END

NAME: ftp_port
TYPE: PortCfg
DEFAULT: none
LOC: FtpPortList
DOC_START
	Enables Native FTP proxy by specifying the socket address where Squid
	listens for FTP client requests. See http_port directive for various
	ways to specify the listening address and mode.

	Usage: ftp_port address [mode] [options]

	WARNING: This is a new, experimental, complex feature that has seen
	limited production exposure. Some Squid modules (e.g., caching) do not
	currently work with native FTP proxying, and many features have not
	even been tested for compatibility. Test well before deploying!

	Native FTP proxying differs substantially from proxying HTTP requests
	with ftp:// URIs because Squid works as an FTP server and receives
	actual FTP commands (rather than HTTP requests with FTP URLs).

	Native FTP commands accepted at ftp_port are internally converted or
	wrapped into HTTP-like messages. The same happens to Native FTP
	responses received from FTP origin servers. Those HTTP-like messages
	are shoveled through regular access control and adaptation layers
	between the FTP client and the FTP origin server. This allows Squid to
	examine, adapt, block, and log FTP exchanges. Squid reuses most HTTP
	mechanisms when shoveling wrapped FTP messages. For example,
	http_access and adaptation_access directives are used.

	Modes:

	   intercept	Same as http_port intercept. The FTP origin address is
			determined based on the intended destination of the
			intercepted connection.

	   tproxy	Support Linux TPROXY for spoofing outgoing
			connections using the client IP address.
			NP: disables authentication and maybe IPv6 on the port.

	By default (i.e., without an explicit mode option), Squid extracts the
	FTP origin address from the login@origin parameter of the FTP USER
	command. Many popular FTP clients support such native FTP proxying.

	Options:

	   name=token	Specifies an internal name for the port. Defaults to
			the port address. Usable with myportname ACL.

	   ftp-track-dirs
			Enables tracking of FTP directories by injecting extra
			PWD commands and adjusting Request-URI (in wrapping
			HTTP requests) to reflect the current FTP server
			directory. Tracking is disabled by default.

	   protocol=FTP	Protocol to reconstruct accelerated and intercepted
			requests with. Defaults to FTP. No other accepted
			values have been tested with. An unsupported value
			results in a FATAL error. Accepted values are FTP,
			HTTP (or HTTP/1.1), and HTTPS (or HTTPS/1.1).

	Other http_port modes and options that are not specific to HTTP and
	HTTPS may also work.
DOC_END

NAME: tcp_outgoing_tos tcp_outgoing_ds tcp_outgoing_dscp
TYPE: acl_tos
DEFAULT: none
LOC: Ip::Qos::TheConfig.tosToServer
DOC_START
	Allows you to select a TOS/Diffserv value for packets outgoing
	on the server side, based on an ACL.

	tcp_outgoing_tos ds-field [!]aclname ...

	Example where normal_service_net uses the TOS value 0x00
	and good_service_net uses 0x20

	acl normal_service_net src 10.0.0.0/24
	acl good_service_net src 10.0.1.0/24
	tcp_outgoing_tos 0x00 normal_service_net
	tcp_outgoing_tos 0x20 good_service_net

	TOS/DSCP values really only have local significance - so you should
	know what you're specifying. For more information, see RFC2474,
	RFC2475, and RFC3260.

	The TOS/DSCP byte must be exactly that - a octet value  0 - 255, or
	"default" to use whatever default your host has.
	Note that only multiples of 4 are usable as the two rightmost bits have
	been redefined for use by ECN (RFC 3168 section 23.1).
	The squid parser will enforce this by masking away the ECN bits.

	Processing proceeds in the order specified, and stops at first fully
	matching line.

	Only fast ACLs are supported.
DOC_END

NAME: clientside_tos
TYPE: acl_tos
DEFAULT: none
LOC: Ip::Qos::TheConfig.tosToClient
DOC_START
	Allows you to select a TOS/DSCP value for packets being transmitted
	on the client-side, based on an ACL.

	clientside_tos ds-field [!]aclname ...

	Example where normal_service_net uses the TOS value 0x00
	and good_service_net uses 0x20

	acl normal_service_net src 10.0.0.0/24
	acl good_service_net src 10.0.1.0/24
	clientside_tos 0x00 normal_service_net
	clientside_tos 0x20 good_service_net

	Note: This feature is incompatible with qos_flows. Any TOS values set here
	will be overwritten by TOS values in qos_flows.

	The TOS/DSCP byte must be exactly that - a octet value  0 - 255, or
	"default" to use whatever default your host has.
	Note that only multiples of 4 are usable as the two rightmost bits have
	been redefined for use by ECN (RFC 3168 section 23.1).
	The squid parser will enforce this by masking away the ECN bits.

	This clause only supports fast acl types.
	See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
DOC_END

NAME: tcp_outgoing_mark
TYPE: acl_nfmark
IFDEF: SO_MARK&&USE_LIBCAP
DEFAULT: none
LOC: Ip::Qos::TheConfig.nfmarkToServer
DOC_START
	Allows you to apply a Netfilter mark value to outgoing packets
	on the server side, based on an ACL.

	tcp_outgoing_mark mark-value [!]aclname ...

	Example where normal_service_net uses the mark value 0x00
	and good_service_net uses 0x20

	acl normal_service_net src 10.0.0.0/24
	acl good_service_net src 10.0.1.0/24
	tcp_outgoing_mark 0x00 normal_service_net
	tcp_outgoing_mark 0x20 good_service_net

	Only fast ACLs are supported.
DOC_END

NAME: mark_client_packet clientside_mark
TYPE: acl_nfmark
IFDEF: SO_MARK&&USE_LIBCAP
DEFAULT: none
LOC: Ip::Qos::TheConfig.nfmarkToClient
DOC_START
	Allows you to apply a Netfilter MARK value to packets being transmitted
	on the client-side, based on an ACL.

	mark_client_packet mark-value [!]aclname ...

	Example where normal_service_net uses the MARK value 0x00
	and good_service_net uses 0x20

	acl normal_service_net src 10.0.0.0/24
	acl good_service_net src 10.0.1.0/24
	mark_client_packet 0x00 normal_service_net
	mark_client_packet 0x20 good_service_net

	Note: This feature is incompatible with qos_flows. Any mark values set here
	will be overwritten by mark values in qos_flows.

	This clause only supports fast acl types.
	See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
DOC_END

NAME: mark_client_connection
TYPE: acl_nfmark
IFDEF: SO_MARK&&USE_LIBCAP
DEFAULT: none
LOC: Ip::Qos::TheConfig.nfConnmarkToClient
DOC_START
	Allows you to apply a Netfilter CONNMARK value to a connection
	on the client-side, based on an ACL.

	mark_client_connection mark-value[/mask] [!]aclname ...

	The mark-value and mask are unsigned integers (hex, octal, or decimal).
	The mask may be used to preserve marking previously set by other agents
	(e.g., iptables).

	A matching rule replaces the CONNMARK value. If a mask is also
	specified, then the masked bits of the original value are zeroed, and
	the configured mark-value is ORed with that adjusted value.
	For example, applying a mark-value 0xAB/0xF to 0x5F CONNMARK, results
	in a 0xFB marking (rather than a 0xAB or 0x5B).

	This directive semantics is similar to iptables --set-mark rather than
	--set-xmark functionality.

	The directive does not interfere with qos_flows (which uses packet MARKs,
	not CONNMARKs).

	Example where squid marks intercepted FTP connections:

	acl proto_ftp proto FTP
	mark_client_connection 0x200/0xff00 proto_ftp

	This clause only supports fast acl types.
	See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
DOC_END

NAME: qos_flows
TYPE: QosConfig
IFDEF: USE_QOS_TOS
DEFAULT: none
LOC: Ip::Qos::TheConfig
DOC_START
	Allows you to select a TOS/DSCP value to mark outgoing
	connections to the client, based on where the reply was sourced.
	For platforms using netfilter, allows you to set a netfilter mark
	value instead of, or in addition to, a TOS value.

	By default this functionality is disabled. To enable it with the default
	settings simply use "qos_flows mark" or "qos_flows tos". Default
	settings will result in the netfilter mark or TOS value being copied
	from the upstream connection to the client. Note that it is the connection
	CONNMARK value not the packet MARK value that is copied.

	It is not currently possible to copy the mark or TOS value from the
	client to the upstream connection request.

	TOS values really only have local significance - so you should
	know what you're specifying. For more information, see RFC2474,
	RFC2475, and RFC3260.

	The TOS/DSCP byte must be exactly that - a octet value  0 - 255.
	Note that only multiples of 4 are usable as the two rightmost bits have
	been redefined for use by ECN (RFC 3168 section 23.1).
	The squid parser will enforce this by masking away the ECN bits.

	Mark values can be any unsigned 32-bit integer value.

	This setting is configured by setting the following values:

	tos|mark                Whether to set TOS or netfilter mark values

	local-hit=0xFF		Value to mark local cache hits.

	sibling-hit=0xFF	Value to mark hits from sibling peers.

	parent-hit=0xFF		Value to mark hits from parent peers.

	miss=0xFF[/mask]	Value to mark cache misses. Takes precedence
				over the preserve-miss feature (see below), unless
				mask is specified, in which case only the bits
				specified in the mask are written.

	The TOS variant of the following features are only possible on Linux
	and require your kernel to be patched with the TOS preserving ZPH
	patch, available from http://zph.bratcheda.org
	No patch is needed to preserve the netfilter mark, which will work
	with all variants of netfilter.

	disable-preserve-miss
		This option disables the preservation of the TOS or netfilter
		mark. By default, the existing TOS or netfilter mark value of
		the response coming from the remote server will be retained
		and masked with miss-mark.
		NOTE: in the case of a netfilter mark, the mark must be set on
		the connection (using the CONNMARK target) not on the packet
		(MARK target).

	miss-mask=0xFF
		Allows you to mask certain bits in the TOS or mark value
		received from the remote server, before copying the value to
		the TOS sent towards clients.
		Default for tos: 0xFF (TOS from server is not changed).
		Default for mark: 0xFFFFFFFF (mark from server is not changed).

	All of these features require the --enable-zph-qos compilation flag
	(enabled by default). Netfilter marking also requires the
	libnetfilter_conntrack libraries (--with-netfilter-conntrack) and
	libcap 2.09+ (--with-libcap).

DOC_END

NAME: tcp_outgoing_address
TYPE: acl_address
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Address selection is performed by the operating system.
LOC: Config.accessList.outgoing_address
DOC_START
	Allows you to map requests to different outgoing IP addresses
	based on the username or source address of the user making
	the request.

	tcp_outgoing_address ipaddr [[!]aclname] ...

	For example;
		Forwarding clients with dedicated IPs for certain subnets.

	  acl normal_service_net src 10.0.0.0/24
	  acl good_service_net src 10.0.2.0/24

	  tcp_outgoing_address 2001:db8::c001 good_service_net
	  tcp_outgoing_address 10.1.0.2 good_service_net

	  tcp_outgoing_address 2001:db8::beef normal_service_net
	  tcp_outgoing_address 10.1.0.1 normal_service_net

	  tcp_outgoing_address 2001:db8::1
	  tcp_outgoing_address 10.1.0.3

	Processing proceeds in the order specified, and stops at first fully
	matching line.

	Squid will add an implicit IP version test to each line.
	Requests going to IPv4 websites will use the outgoing 10.1.0.* addresses.
	Requests going to IPv6 websites will use the outgoing 2001:db8:* addresses.


	NOTE: The use of this directive using client dependent ACLs is
	incompatible with the use of server side persistent connections. To
	ensure correct results it is best to set server_persistent_connections
	to off when using this directive in such configurations.

	NOTE: The use of this directive to set a local IP on outgoing TCP links
	is incompatible with using TPROXY to set client IP out outbound TCP links.
	When needing to contact peers use the no-tproxy cache_peer option and the
	client_dst_passthru directive re-enable normal forwarding such as this.

	This clause only supports fast acl types.
	See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
DOC_END

NAME: host_verify_strict
TYPE: onoff
DEFAULT: off
LOC: Config.onoff.hostStrictVerify
DOC_START
	Regardless of this option setting, when dealing with intercepted
	traffic, Squid always verifies that the destination IP address matches
	the Host header domain or IP (called 'authority form URL').
	
	This enforcement is performed to satisfy a MUST-level requirement in
	RFC 2616 section 14.23: "The Host field value MUST represent the naming
	authority of the origin server or gateway given by the original URL".
	
	When set to ON:
		Squid always responds with an HTTP 409 (Conflict) error
		page and logs a security warning if there is no match.
	
		Squid verifies that the destination IP address matches
		the Host header for forward-proxy and reverse-proxy traffic
		as well. For those traffic types, Squid also enables the
		following checks, comparing the corresponding Host header
		and Request-URI components:
	
		 * The host names (domain or IP) must be identical,
		   but valueless or missing Host header disables all checks.
		   For the two host names to match, both must be either IP
		   or FQDN.
	
		 * Port numbers must be identical, but if a port is missing
		   the scheme-default port is assumed.
	
	
	When set to OFF (the default):
		Squid allows suspicious requests to continue but logs a
		security warning and blocks caching of the response.
	
		 * Forward-proxy traffic is not checked at all.
	
		 * Reverse-proxy traffic is not checked at all.
	
		 * Intercepted traffic which passes verification is handled
		   according to client_dst_passthru.
	
		 * Intercepted requests which fail verification are sent
		   to the client original destination instead of DIRECT.
		   This overrides 'client_dst_passthru off'.
	
		For now suspicious intercepted CONNECT requests are always
		responded to with an HTTP 409 (Conflict) error page.
	
	
	SECURITY NOTE:
	
	As described in CVE-2009-0801 when the Host: header alone is used
	to determine the destination of a request it becomes trivial for
	malicious scripts on remote websites to bypass browser same-origin
	security policy and sandboxing protections.
	
	The cause of this is that such applets are allowed to perform their
	own HTTP stack, in which case the same-origin policy of the browser
	sandbox only verifies that the applet tries to contact the same IP
	as from where it was loaded at the IP level. The Host: header may
	be different from the connected IP and approved origin.
	
DOC_END

NAME: client_dst_passthru
TYPE: onoff
DEFAULT: on
LOC: Config.onoff.client_dst_passthru
DOC_START
	With NAT or TPROXY intercepted traffic Squid may pass the request
	directly to the original client destination IP or seek a faster
	source using the HTTP Host header.
	
	Using Host to locate alternative servers can provide faster
	connectivity with a range of failure recovery options.
	But can also lead to connectivity trouble when the client and
	server are attempting stateful interactions unaware of the proxy.
	
	This option (on by default) prevents alternative DNS entries being
	located to send intercepted traffic DIRECT to an origin server.
	The clients original destination IP and port will be used instead.
	
	Regardless of this option setting, when dealing with intercepted
	traffic Squid will verify the Host: header and any traffic which
	fails Host verification will be treated as if this option were ON.
	
	see host_verify_strict for details on the verification process.
DOC_END

COMMENT_START
 TLS OPTIONS
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: tls_outgoing_options
IFDEF: USE_GNUTLS||USE_OPENSSL
TYPE: securePeerOptions
DEFAULT: min-version=1.0
LOC: Security::ProxyOutgoingConfig
DOC_START
	disable		Do not support https:// URLs.
	
	cert=/path/to/client/certificate
			A client X.509 certificate to use when connecting.
	
	key=/path/to/client/private_key
			The private key corresponding to the cert= above.

			If key= is not specified cert= is assumed to
			reference a PEM file containing both the certificate
			and private key.
	
	cipher=...	The list of valid TLS ciphers to use.

	min-version=1.N
			The minimum TLS protocol version to permit.
			To control SSLv3 use the options= parameter.
			Supported Values: 1.0 (default), 1.1, 1.2, 1.3

	options=...	Specify various TLS/SSL implementation options.

			OpenSSL options most important are:

			    NO_SSLv3    Disallow the use of SSLv3

			    SINGLE_DH_USE
				      Always create a new key when using
				      temporary/ephemeral DH key exchanges

			    NO_TICKET
				      Disable use of RFC5077 session tickets.
				      Some servers may have problems
				      understanding the TLS extension due
				      to ambiguous specification in RFC4507.

			    ALL       Enable various bug workarounds
				      suggested as "harmless" by OpenSSL
				      Be warned that this reduces SSL/TLS
				      strength to some attacks.

				See the OpenSSL SSL_CTX_set_options documentation
				for a more complete list.

			GnuTLS options most important are:

			    %NO_TICKETS
				      Disable use of RFC5077 session tickets.
				      Some servers may have problems
				      understanding the TLS extension due
				      to ambiguous specification in RFC4507.

				See the GnuTLS Priority Strings documentation
				for a more complete list.
				http://www.gnutls.org/manual/gnutls.html#Priority-Strings

	
	cafile=		PEM file containing CA certificates to use when verifying
			the peer certificate. May be repeated to load multiple files.

	capath=		A directory containing additional CA certificates to
			use when verifying the peer certificate.
			Requires OpenSSL or LibreSSL.
	
	crlfile=... 	A certificate revocation list file to use when
			verifying the peer certificate.
	
	flags=...	Specify various flags modifying the TLS implementation:
	
			DONT_VERIFY_PEER
				Accept certificates even if they fail to
				verify.
			DONT_VERIFY_DOMAIN
				Don't verify the peer certificate
				matches the server name
	
	default-ca[=off]
			Whether to use the system Trusted CAs. Default is ON.
	
	domain= 	The peer name as advertised in its certificate.
			Used for verifying the correctness of the received peer
			certificate. If not specified the peer hostname will be
			used.
DOC_END

COMMENT_START
 SSL OPTIONS
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: ssl_unclean_shutdown
IFDEF: USE_OPENSSL
TYPE: onoff
DEFAULT: off
LOC: Config.SSL.unclean_shutdown
DOC_START
	Some browsers (especially MSIE) bugs out on SSL shutdown
	messages.
DOC_END

NAME: ssl_engine
IFDEF: USE_OPENSSL
TYPE: string
LOC: Config.SSL.ssl_engine
DEFAULT: none
DOC_START
	The OpenSSL engine to use. You will need to set this if you
	would like to use hardware SSL acceleration for example.
DOC_END

NAME: sslproxy_session_ttl
IFDEF: USE_OPENSSL
DEFAULT: 300
LOC: Config.SSL.session_ttl
TYPE: int
DOC_START
	Sets the timeout value for SSL sessions
DOC_END

NAME: sslproxy_session_cache_size
IFDEF: USE_OPENSSL
DEFAULT: 2 MB
LOC: Config.SSL.sessionCacheSize
TYPE: b_size_t
DOC_START
        Sets the cache size to use for ssl session
DOC_END

NAME: sslproxy_foreign_intermediate_certs
IFDEF: USE_OPENSSL
DEFAULT: none
LOC: Config.ssl_client.foreignIntermediateCertsPath
TYPE: string
DOC_START
	Many origin servers fail to send their full server certificate
	chain for verification, assuming the client already has or can
	easily locate any missing intermediate certificates.

	Squid uses the certificates from the specified file to fill in
	these missing chains when trying to validate origin server
	certificate chains.

	The file is expected to contain zero or more PEM-encoded
	intermediate certificates. These certificates are not treated
	as trusted root certificates, and any self-signed certificate in
	this file will be ignored.
DOC_END

NAME: sslproxy_cert_sign_hash
IFDEF: USE_OPENSSL
DEFAULT: none
LOC: Config.SSL.certSignHash
TYPE: string
DOC_START
	Sets the hashing algorithm to use when signing generated certificates.
	Valid algorithm names depend on the OpenSSL library used. The following
	names are usually available: sha1, sha256, sha512, and md5. Please see
	your OpenSSL library manual for the available hashes. By default, Squids
	that support this option use sha256 hashes.

	Squid does not forcefully purge cached certificates that were generated
	with an algorithm other than the currently configured one. They remain
	in the cache, subject to the regular cache eviction policy, and become
	useful if the algorithm changes again.
DOC_END

NAME: ssl_bump
IFDEF: USE_OPENSSL
TYPE: sslproxy_ssl_bump
LOC: Config.accessList.ssl_bump
DEFAULT_DOC: Become a TCP tunnel without decrypting proxied traffic.
DEFAULT: none
DOC_START
	This option is consulted when a CONNECT request is received on
	an http_port (or a new connection is intercepted at an
	https_port), provided that port was configured with an ssl-bump
	flag. The subsequent data on the connection is either treated as
	HTTPS and decrypted OR tunneled at TCP level without decryption,
	depending on the first matching bumping "action".

	ssl_bump <action> [!]acl ...

	The following bumping actions are currently supported:

	    splice
		Become a TCP tunnel without decrypting proxied traffic.
		This is the default action.

	    bump
		When used on step SslBump1, establishes a secure connection
		with the client first, then connect to the server.
		When used on step SslBump2 or SslBump3, establishes a secure
		connection with the server and, using a mimicked server
		certificate, with the client.

	    peek
		Receive client (step SslBump1) or server (step SslBump2)
		certificate while preserving the possibility of splicing the
		connection. Peeking at the server certificate (during step 2)
		usually precludes bumping of the connection at step 3.

	    stare
		Receive client (step SslBump1) or server (step SslBump2)
		certificate while preserving the possibility of bumping the
		connection. Staring at the server certificate (during step 2)
		usually precludes splicing of the connection at step 3.

	    terminate
		Close client and server connections.

	Backward compatibility actions available at step SslBump1:

	    client-first
		Bump the connection. Establish a secure connection with the
		client first, then connect to the server. This old mode does
		not allow Squid to mimic server SSL certificate and does not
		work with intercepted SSL connections.

	    server-first
		Bump the connection. Establish a secure connection with the
		server first, then establish a secure connection with the
		client, using a mimicked server certificate. Works with both
		CONNECT requests and intercepted SSL connections, but does
		not allow to make decisions based on SSL handshake info.

	    peek-and-splice
		Decide whether to bump or splice the connection based on 
		client-to-squid and server-to-squid SSL hello messages.
		XXX: Remove.

	    none
		Same as the "splice" action.

	All ssl_bump rules are evaluated at each of the supported bumping
	steps.  Rules with actions that are impossible at the current step are
	ignored. The first matching ssl_bump action wins and is applied at the
	end of the current step. If no rules match, the splice action is used.
	See the at_step ACL for a list of the supported SslBump steps.

	This clause supports both fast and slow acl types.
	See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.

	See also: http_port ssl-bump, https_port ssl-bump, and acl at_step.


	# Example: Bump all TLS connections except those originating from
	# localhost or those going to example.com.

	acl broken_sites ssl::server_name .example.com
	ssl_bump splice localhost
	ssl_bump splice broken_sites
	ssl_bump bump all
DOC_END

NAME: sslproxy_cert_error
IFDEF: USE_OPENSSL
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Server certificate errors terminate the transaction.
LOC: Config.ssl_client.cert_error
TYPE: acl_access
DOC_START
	Use this ACL to bypass server certificate validation errors.

	For example, the following lines will bypass all validation errors
	when talking to servers for example.com. All other
	validation errors will result in ERR_SECURE_CONNECT_FAIL error.

		acl BrokenButTrustedServers dstdomain example.com
		sslproxy_cert_error allow BrokenButTrustedServers
		sslproxy_cert_error deny all

	This clause only supports fast acl types.
	See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
	Using slow acl types may result in server crashes

	Without this option, all server certificate validation errors
	terminate the transaction to protect Squid and the client.

	SQUID_X509_V_ERR_INFINITE_VALIDATION error cannot be bypassed
	but should not happen unless your OpenSSL library is buggy.

	SECURITY WARNING:
		Bypassing validation errors is dangerous because an
		error usually implies that the server cannot be trusted
		and the connection may be insecure.

	See also: sslproxy_flags and DONT_VERIFY_PEER.
DOC_END

NAME: sslproxy_cert_sign
IFDEF: USE_OPENSSL
DEFAULT: none
POSTSCRIPTUM: signUntrusted ssl::certUntrusted
POSTSCRIPTUM: signSelf ssl::certSelfSigned
POSTSCRIPTUM: signTrusted all
TYPE: sslproxy_cert_sign
LOC: Config.ssl_client.cert_sign
DOC_START

        sslproxy_cert_sign <signing algorithm> acl ...

        The following certificate signing algorithms are supported:

	   signTrusted
		Sign using the configured CA certificate which is usually
		placed in and trusted by end-user browsers. This is the
		default for trusted origin server certificates.

	   signUntrusted
		Sign to guarantee an X509_V_ERR_CERT_UNTRUSTED browser error.
		This is the default for untrusted origin server certificates
		that are not self-signed (see ssl::certUntrusted).

	   signSelf
		Sign using a self-signed certificate with the right CN to
		generate a X509_V_ERR_DEPTH_ZERO_SELF_SIGNED_CERT error in the
		browser. This is the default for self-signed origin server
		certificates (see ssl::certSelfSigned).

	This clause only supports fast acl types.

	When sslproxy_cert_sign acl(s) match, Squid uses the corresponding
	signing algorithm to generate the certificate and ignores all
	subsequent sslproxy_cert_sign options (the first match wins). If no
	acl(s) match, the default signing algorithm is determined by errors
	detected when obtaining and validating the origin server certificate.

	WARNING: SQUID_X509_V_ERR_DOMAIN_MISMATCH and ssl:certDomainMismatch can
	be used with sslproxy_cert_adapt, but if and only if Squid is bumping a
	CONNECT request that carries a domain name. In all other cases (CONNECT
	to an IP address or an intercepted SSL connection), Squid cannot detect
	the domain mismatch at certificate generation time when
	bump-server-first is used.
DOC_END

NAME: sslproxy_cert_adapt
IFDEF: USE_OPENSSL
DEFAULT: none
TYPE: sslproxy_cert_adapt
LOC: Config.ssl_client.cert_adapt
DOC_START
	
	sslproxy_cert_adapt <adaptation algorithm> acl ...

	The following certificate adaptation algorithms are supported:

	   setValidAfter
		Sets the "Not After" property to the "Not After" property of
		the CA certificate used to sign generated certificates.

	   setValidBefore
		Sets the "Not Before" property to the "Not Before" property of
		the CA certificate used to sign generated certificates.

	   setCommonName or setCommonName{CN}
		Sets Subject.CN property to the host name specified as a 
		CN parameter or, if no explicit CN parameter was specified,
		extracted from the CONNECT request. It is a misconfiguration
		to use setCommonName without an explicit parameter for
		intercepted or tproxied SSL connections.
		
	This clause only supports fast acl types.

	Squid first groups sslproxy_cert_adapt options by adaptation algorithm.
	Within a group, when sslproxy_cert_adapt acl(s) match, Squid uses the
	corresponding adaptation algorithm to generate the certificate and
	ignores all subsequent sslproxy_cert_adapt options in that algorithm's
	group (i.e., the first match wins within each algorithm group). If no
	acl(s) match, the default mimicking action takes place.

	WARNING: SQUID_X509_V_ERR_DOMAIN_MISMATCH and ssl:certDomainMismatch can
	be used with sslproxy_cert_adapt, but if and only if Squid is bumping a
	CONNECT request that carries a domain name. In all other cases (CONNECT
	to an IP address or an intercepted SSL connection), Squid cannot detect
	the domain mismatch at certificate generation time when
	bump-server-first is used.
DOC_END

NAME: sslpassword_program
IFDEF: USE_OPENSSL
DEFAULT: none
LOC: Config.Program.ssl_password
TYPE: string
DOC_START
	Specify a program used for entering SSL key passphrases
	when using encrypted SSL certificate keys. If not specified
	keys must either be unencrypted, or Squid started with the -N
	option to allow it to query interactively for the passphrase.

	The key file name is given as argument to the program allowing
	selection of the right password if you have multiple encrypted
	keys.
DOC_END

COMMENT_START
 OPTIONS RELATING TO EXTERNAL SSL_CRTD 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: sslcrtd_program
TYPE: eol 
IFDEF: USE_SSL_CRTD
DEFAULT: @DEFAULT_SSL_CRTD@ -s @DEFAULT_SSL_DB_DIR@ -M 4MB
LOC: Ssl::TheConfig.ssl_crtd
DOC_START
	Specify the location and options of the executable for certificate
	generator.

	@DEFAULT_SSL_CRTD@ program can use a disk cache to improve response
	times on repeated requests. To enable caching, specify -s and -M
	parameters. If those parameters are not given, the program generates
	a new certificate on every request.

	For more information use:
		@DEFAULT_SSL_CRTD@ -h
DOC_END

NAME: sslcrtd_children
TYPE: HelperChildConfig
IFDEF: USE_SSL_CRTD
DEFAULT: 32 startup=5 idle=1
LOC: Ssl::TheConfig.ssl_crtdChildren
DOC_START
	Specifies the maximum number of certificate generation processes that
	Squid may spawn (numberofchildren) and several related options. Using
	too few of these helper processes (a.k.a. "helpers") creates request
	queues. Using too many helpers wastes your system resources. Squid
	does not support spawning more than 32 helpers.

	Usage: numberofchildren [option]...

	The startup= and idle= options allow some measure of skew in your
	tuning.
	
		startup=N
	
	Sets the minimum number of processes to spawn when Squid
	starts or reconfigures. When set to zero the first request will
	cause spawning of the first child process to handle it.
	
	Starting too few children temporary slows Squid under load while it
	tries to spawn enough additional processes to cope with traffic.
	
		idle=N
	
	Sets a minimum of how many processes Squid is to try and keep available
	at all times. When traffic begins to rise above what the existing
	processes can handle this many more will be spawned up to the maximum
	configured. A minimum setting of 1 is required.

		queue-size=N

	Sets the maximum number of queued requests. A request is queued when
	no existing child is idle and no new child can be started due to
	numberofchildren limit. If the queued requests exceed queue size for
	more than 3 minutes squid aborts its operation. The default value is
	set to 2*numberofchildren.
	
	You must have at least one ssl_crtd process.
DOC_END

NAME: sslcrtvalidator_program
TYPE: eol
IFDEF: USE_OPENSSL
DEFAULT: none
LOC: Ssl::TheConfig.ssl_crt_validator
DOC_START
	Specify the location and options of the executable for ssl_crt_validator
	process.

	Usage:  sslcrtvalidator_program [ttl=...] [cache=n] path ...

	Options:

	cache=bytes
		Limits how much memory Squid can use for caching validator
		responses. The default is 67108864 (i.e. 64 MB).
		Reconfiguration purges any excess entries. To disable caching,
		use cache=0. Currently, cache entry sizes are seriously
		underestimated. Even with that bug, a typical estimate for a
		single cache entry size would be at least a few kilobytes (the
		size of the PEM certificates sent to the validator).

	ttl=<seconds|"infinity">
		Approximately how long Squid may reuse the validator results
		for. The default is 3600 (i.e. 1 hour). Using ttl=infinity
		disables TTL checks. Reconfiguration does not affect TTLs of
		the already cached entries. To disable caching, use zero cache
		size, not zero TTL -- zero TTL allows reuse for the remainder
		of the second when the result was cached.
DOC_END

NAME: sslcrtvalidator_children
TYPE: HelperChildConfig
IFDEF: USE_OPENSSL
DEFAULT: 32 startup=5 idle=1 concurrency=1
LOC: Ssl::TheConfig.ssl_crt_validator_Children
DOC_START
	Specifies the maximum number of certificate validation processes that
	Squid may spawn (numberofchildren) and several related options. Using
	too few of these helper processes (a.k.a. "helpers") creates request
	queues. Using too many helpers wastes your system resources. Squid
	does not support spawning more than 32 helpers.

	Usage: numberofchildren [option]...
	
	The startup= and idle= options allow some measure of skew in your
	tuning.
	
		startup=N
	
	Sets the minimum number of processes to spawn when Squid
	starts or reconfigures. When set to zero the first request will
	cause spawning of the first child process to handle it.
	
	Starting too few children temporary slows Squid under load while it
	tries to spawn enough additional processes to cope with traffic.
	
		idle=N
	
	Sets a minimum of how many processes Squid is to try and keep available
	at all times. When traffic begins to rise above what the existing
	processes can handle this many more will be spawned up to the maximum
	configured. A minimum setting of 1 is required.

		concurrency=
	
	The number of requests each certificate validator helper can handle in
	parallel. A value of 0 indicates the certificate validator does not
	support concurrency. Defaults to 1.
	
	When this directive is set to a value >= 1 then the protocol
	used to communicate with the helper is modified to include
	a request ID in front of the request/response. The request
	ID from the request must be echoed back with the response
	to that request.

		queue-size=N

	Sets the maximum number of queued requests. A request is queued when
	no existing child can accept it due to concurrency limit and no new
	child can be started due to numberofchildren limit. If the queued
	requests exceed queue size for more than 3 minutes squid aborts its
	operation. The default value is set to 2*numberofchildren.
	
	You must have at least one ssl_crt_validator process.
DOC_END

COMMENT_START
 OPTIONS WHICH AFFECT THE NEIGHBOR SELECTION ALGORITHM
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: cache_peer
TYPE: peer
DEFAULT: none
LOC: Config.peers
DOC_START
	To specify other caches in a hierarchy, use the format:
	
		cache_peer hostname type http-port icp-port [options]
	
	For example,
	
	#                                        proxy  icp
	#          hostname             type     port   port  options
	#          -------------------- -------- ----- -----  -----------
	cache_peer parent.foo.net       parent    3128  3130  default
	cache_peer sib1.foo.net         sibling   3128  3130  proxy-only
	cache_peer sib2.foo.net         sibling   3128  3130  proxy-only
	cache_peer example.com          parent    80       0  default
	cache_peer cdn.example.com      sibling   3128     0  
	
	      type:	either 'parent', 'sibling', or 'multicast'.
	
	proxy-port:	The port number where the peer accept HTTP requests.
			For other Squid proxies this is usually 3128
			For web servers this is usually 80
	
	  icp-port:	Used for querying neighbor caches about objects.
			Set to 0 if the peer does not support ICP or HTCP.
			See ICP and HTCP options below for additional details.
	
	
	==== ICP OPTIONS ====
	
	You MUST also set icp_port and icp_access explicitly when using these options.
	The defaults will prevent peer traffic using ICP.
	
	
	no-query	Disable ICP queries to this neighbor.
	
	multicast-responder
			Indicates the named peer is a member of a multicast group.
			ICP queries will not be sent directly to the peer, but ICP
			replies will be accepted from it.
	
	closest-only	Indicates that, for ICP_OP_MISS replies, we'll only forward
			CLOSEST_PARENT_MISSes and never FIRST_PARENT_MISSes.
	
	background-ping
			To only send ICP queries to this neighbor infrequently.
			This is used to keep the neighbor round trip time updated
			and is usually used in conjunction with weighted-round-robin.
	
	
	==== HTCP OPTIONS ====
	
	You MUST also set htcp_port and htcp_access explicitly when using these options.
	The defaults will prevent peer traffic using HTCP.
	
	
	htcp		Send HTCP, instead of ICP, queries to the neighbor.
			You probably also want to set the "icp-port" to 4827
			instead of 3130. This directive accepts a comma separated
			list of options described below.
	
	htcp=oldsquid	Send HTCP to old Squid versions (2.5 or earlier).
	
	htcp=no-clr	Send HTCP to the neighbor but without
			sending any CLR requests.  This cannot be used with
			only-clr.
	
	htcp=only-clr	Send HTCP to the neighbor but ONLY CLR requests.
			This cannot be used with no-clr.
	
	htcp=no-purge-clr
			Send HTCP to the neighbor including CLRs but only when
			they do not result from PURGE requests.
	
	htcp=forward-clr
			Forward any HTCP CLR requests this proxy receives to the peer.
	
	
	==== PEER SELECTION METHODS ====
	
	The default peer selection method is ICP, with the first responding peer
	being used as source. These options can be used for better load balancing.
	
	
	default		This is a parent cache which can be used as a "last-resort"
			if a peer cannot be located by any of the peer-selection methods.
			If specified more than once, only the first is used.
	
	round-robin	Load-Balance parents which should be used in a round-robin
			fashion in the absence of any ICP queries.
			weight=N can be used to add bias.
	
	weighted-round-robin
			Load-Balance parents which should be used in a round-robin
			fashion with the frequency of each parent being based on the
			round trip time. Closer parents are used more often.
			Usually used for background-ping parents.
			weight=N can be used to add bias.
	
	carp		Load-Balance parents which should be used as a CARP array.
			The requests will be distributed among the parents based on the
			CARP load balancing hash function based on their weight.
	
	userhash	Load-balance parents based on the client proxy_auth or ident username.
	
	sourcehash	Load-balance parents based on the client source IP.

	multicast-siblings
			To be used only for cache peers of type "multicast".
			ALL members of this multicast group have "sibling"
			relationship with it, not "parent".  This is to a multicast
			group when the requested object would be fetched only from
			a "parent" cache, anyway.  It's useful, e.g., when
			configuring a pool of redundant Squid proxies, being
			members of the same multicast group.
	
	
	==== PEER SELECTION OPTIONS ====
	
	weight=N	use to affect the selection of a peer during any weighted
			peer-selection mechanisms.
			The weight must be an integer; default is 1,
			larger weights are favored more.
			This option does not affect parent selection if a peering
			protocol is not in use.
	
	basetime=N	Specify a base amount to be subtracted from round trip
			times of parents.
			It is subtracted before division by weight in calculating
			which parent to fectch from. If the rtt is less than the
			base time the rtt is set to a minimal value.
	
	ttl=N		Specify a TTL to use when sending multicast ICP queries
			to this address.
			Only useful when sending to a multicast group.
			Because we don't accept ICP replies from random
			hosts, you must configure other group members as
			peers with the 'multicast-responder' option.
	
	no-delay	To prevent access to this neighbor from influencing the
			delay pools.
	
	digest-url=URL	Tell Squid to fetch the cache digest (if digests are
			enabled) for this host from the specified URL rather
			than the Squid default location.
	
	
	==== CARP OPTIONS ====
	
	carp-key=key-specification
			use a different key than the full URL to hash against the peer.
			the key-specification is a comma-separated list of the keywords			
			scheme, host, port, path, params
			Order is not important.
	
	==== ACCELERATOR / REVERSE-PROXY OPTIONS ====
	
	originserver	Causes this parent to be contacted as an origin server.
			Meant to be used in accelerator setups when the peer
			is a web server.
	
	forceddomain=name
			Set the Host header of requests forwarded to this peer.
			Useful in accelerator setups where the server (peer)
			expects a certain domain name but clients may request
			others. ie example.com or www.example.com
	
	no-digest	Disable request of cache digests.
	
	no-netdb-exchange
			Disables requesting ICMP RTT database (NetDB).
	
	
	==== AUTHENTICATION OPTIONS ====
	
	login=user:password
			If this is a personal/workgroup proxy and your parent
			requires proxy authentication.
			
			Note: The string can include URL escapes (i.e. %20 for
			spaces). This also means % must be written as %%.
	
	login=PASSTHRU
			Send login details received from client to this peer.
			Both Proxy- and WWW-Authorization headers are passed
			without alteration to the peer.
			Authentication is not required by Squid for this to work.
			
			Note: This will pass any form of authentication but
			only Basic auth will work through a proxy unless the
			connection-auth options are also used.

	login=PASS	Send login details received from client to this peer.
			Authentication is not required by this option.
			
			If there are no client-provided authentication headers
			to pass on, but username and password are available
			from an external ACL user= and password= result tags
			they may be sent instead.
			
			Note: To combine this with proxy_auth both proxies must
			share the same user database as HTTP only allows for
			a single login (one for proxy, one for origin server).
			Also be warned this will expose your users proxy
			password to the peer. USE WITH CAUTION
	
	login=*:password
			Send the username to the upstream cache, but with a
			fixed password. This is meant to be used when the peer
			is in another administrative domain, but it is still
			needed to identify each user.
			The star can optionally be followed by some extra
			information which is added to the username. This can
			be used to identify this proxy to the peer, similar to
			the login=username:password option above.
	
	login=NEGOTIATE
			If this is a personal/workgroup proxy and your parent
			requires a secure proxy authentication.
			The first principal from the default keytab or defined by
			the environment variable KRB5_KTNAME will be used. 
	
			WARNING: The connection may transmit requests from multiple
			clients. Negotiate often assumes end-to-end authentication
			and a single-client. Which is not strictly true here.
	
	login=NEGOTIATE:principal_name
			If this is a personal/workgroup proxy and your parent
			requires a secure proxy authentication. 
			The principal principal_name from the default keytab or
			defined by the environment variable KRB5_KTNAME will be
			used.
	
			WARNING: The connection may transmit requests from multiple
			clients. Negotiate often assumes end-to-end authentication
			and a single-client. Which is not strictly true here.
	
	connection-auth=on|off
			Tell Squid that this peer does or not support Microsoft
			connection oriented authentication, and any such
			challenges received from there should be ignored.
			Default is auto to automatically determine the status
			of the peer.
	
	auth-no-keytab
			Do not use a keytab to authenticate to a peer when
			login=NEGOTIATE is specified. Let the GSSAPI
			implementation determine which already existing
			credentials cache to use instead.
	
	
	==== SSL / HTTPS / TLS OPTIONS ====
	
	tls		Encrypt connections to this peer with TLS.
	
	sslcert=/path/to/ssl/certificate
			A client X.509 certificate to use when connecting to
			this peer.
	
	sslkey=/path/to/ssl/key
			The private key corresponding to sslcert above.

			If sslkey= is not specified sslcert= is assumed to
			reference a PEM file containing both the certificate
			and private key.
	
	sslcipher=...	The list of valid SSL ciphers to use when connecting
			to this peer.

	tls-min-version=1.N
			The minimum TLS protocol version to permit. To control
			SSLv3 use the tls-options= parameter.
			Supported Values: 1.0 (default), 1.1, 1.2

	tls-options=...	Specify various TLS implementation options.

			OpenSSL options most important are:

			    NO_SSLv3    Disallow the use of SSLv3

			    SINGLE_DH_USE
				      Always create a new key when using
				      temporary/ephemeral DH key exchanges

			    NO_TICKET
				      Disable use of RFC5077 session tickets.
				      Some servers may have problems
				      understanding the TLS extension due
				      to ambiguous specification in RFC4507.

			    ALL       Enable various bug workarounds
				      suggested as "harmless" by OpenSSL
				      Be warned that this reduces SSL/TLS
				      strength to some attacks.

			See the OpenSSL SSL_CTX_set_options documentation for a
			more complete list.

			GnuTLS options most important are:

			    %NO_TICKETS
				      Disable use of RFC5077 session tickets.
				      Some servers may have problems
				      understanding the TLS extension due
				      to ambiguous specification in RFC4507.

				See the GnuTLS Priority Strings documentation
				for a more complete list.
				http://www.gnutls.org/manual/gnutls.html#Priority-Strings

	tls-cafile=	PEM file containing CA certificates to use when verifying
			the peer certificate. May be repeated to load multiple files.
	
	sslcapath=...	A directory containing additional CA certificates to
			use when verifying the peer certificate.
			Requires OpenSSL or LibreSSL.
	
	sslcrlfile=... 	A certificate revocation list file to use when
			verifying the peer certificate.
	
	sslflags=...	Specify various flags modifying the SSL implementation:
	
			DONT_VERIFY_PEER
				Accept certificates even if they fail to
				verify.

			DONT_VERIFY_DOMAIN
				Don't verify the peer certificate
				matches the server name
	
	ssldomain= 	The peer name as advertised in it's certificate.
			Used for verifying the correctness of the received peer
			certificate. If not specified the peer hostname will be
			used.
	
	front-end-https[=off|on|auto]
			Enable the "Front-End-Https: On" header needed when
			using Squid as a SSL frontend in front of Microsoft OWA.
			See MS KB document Q307347 for details on this header.
			If set to auto the header will only be added if the
			request is forwarded as a https:// URL.
	
	tls-default-ca[=off]
			Whether to use the system Trusted CAs. Default is ON.
	
	tls-no-npn	Do not use the TLS NPN extension to advertise HTTP/1.1.

	==== GENERAL OPTIONS ====
	
	connect-timeout=N
			A peer-specific connect timeout.
			Also see the peer_connect_timeout directive.
	
	connect-fail-limit=N
			How many times connecting to a peer must fail before
			it is marked as down. Standby connection failures
			count towards this limit. Default is 10.
	
	allow-miss	Disable Squid's use of only-if-cached when forwarding
			requests to siblings. This is primarily useful when
			icp_hit_stale is used by the sibling. Excessive use
			of this option may result in forwarding loops. One way
			to prevent peering loops when using this option, is to
			deny cache peer usage on requests from a peer:
			acl fromPeer ...
			cache_peer_access peerName deny fromPeer
	
	max-conn=N 	Limit the number of concurrent connections the Squid
			may open to this peer, including already opened idle
			and standby connections. There is no peer-specific
			connection limit by default.
	
			A peer exceeding the limit is not used for new
			requests unless a standby connection is available.
	
			max-conn currently works poorly with idle persistent
			connections: When a peer reaches its max-conn limit,
			and there are idle persistent connections to the peer,
			the peer may not be selected because the limiting code
			does not know whether Squid can reuse those idle
			connections.
	
	standby=N	Maintain a pool of N "hot standby" connections to an
			UP peer, available for requests when no idle
			persistent connection is available (or safe) to use.
			By default and with zero N, no such pool is maintained.
			N must not exceed the max-conn limit (if any).
	
			At start or after reconfiguration, Squid opens new TCP
			standby connections until there are N connections
			available and then replenishes the standby pool as
			opened connections are used up for requests. A used
			connection never goes back to the standby pool, but
			may go to the regular idle persistent connection pool
			shared by all peers and origin servers.
	
			Squid never opens multiple new standby connections
			concurrently.  This one-at-a-time approach minimizes
			flooding-like effect on peers. Furthermore, just a few
			standby connections should be sufficient in most cases
			to supply most new requests with a ready-to-use
			connection.
	
			Standby connections obey server_idle_pconn_timeout.
			For the feature to work as intended, the peer must be
			configured to accept and keep them open longer than
			the idle timeout at the connecting Squid, to minimize
			race conditions typical to idle used persistent
			connections. Default request_timeout and
			server_idle_pconn_timeout values ensure such a
			configuration.
	
	name=xxx	Unique name for the peer.
			Required if you have multiple peers on the same host
			but different ports.
			This name can be used in cache_peer_access and similar
			directives to identify the peer.
			Can be used by outgoing access controls through the
			peername ACL type.
	
	no-tproxy	Do not use the client-spoof TPROXY support when forwarding
			requests to this peer. Use normal address selection instead.
			This overrides the spoof_client_ip ACL.
	
	proxy-only	objects fetched from the peer will not be stored locally.
	
DOC_END

NAME: cache_peer_access
TYPE: peer_access
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: No peer usage restrictions.
LOC: none
DOC_START
	Restricts usage of cache_peer proxies.

	Usage:
		cache_peer_access peer-name allow|deny [!]aclname ...

	For the required peer-name parameter, use either the value of the
	cache_peer name=value parameter or, if name=value is missing, the
	cache_peer hostname parameter.

	This directive narrows down the selection of peering candidates, but
	does not determine the order in which the selected candidates are
	contacted. That order is determined by the peer selection algorithms
	(see PEER SELECTION sections in the cache_peer documentation).

	If a deny rule matches, the corresponding peer will not be contacted
	for the current transaction -- Squid will not send ICP queries and
	will not forward HTTP requests to that peer. An allow match leaves
	the corresponding peer in the selection. The first match for a given
	peer wins for that peer.

	The relative order of cache_peer_access directives for the same peer
	matters. The relative order of any two cache_peer_access directives
	for different peers does not matter. To ease interpretation, it is a
	good idea to group cache_peer_access directives for the same peer
	together.

	A single cache_peer_access directive may be evaluated multiple times
	for a given transaction because individual peer selection algorithms
	may check it independently from each other. These redundant checks
	may be optimized away in future Squid versions.

	This clause only supports fast acl types.
	See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.

DOC_END

NAME: neighbor_type_domain
TYPE: hostdomaintype
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: The peer type from cache_peer directive is used for all requests to that peer.
LOC: none
DOC_START
	Modify the cache_peer neighbor type when passing requests
	about specific domains to the peer.

	Usage:
		 neighbor_type_domain neighbor parent|sibling domain domain ...

	For example:
		cache_peer foo.example.com parent 3128 3130
		neighbor_type_domain foo.example.com sibling .au .de

	The above configuration treats all requests to foo.example.com as a
	parent proxy unless the request is for a .au or .de ccTLD domain name.
DOC_END

NAME: dead_peer_timeout
COMMENT: (seconds)
DEFAULT: 10 seconds
TYPE: time_t
LOC: Config.Timeout.deadPeer
DOC_START
	This controls how long Squid waits to declare a peer cache
	as "dead."  If there are no ICP replies received in this
	amount of time, Squid will declare the peer dead and not
	expect to receive any further ICP replies.  However, it
	continues to send ICP queries, and will mark the peer as
	alive upon receipt of the first subsequent ICP reply.

	This timeout also affects when Squid expects to receive ICP
	replies from peers.  If more than 'dead_peer' seconds have
	passed since the last ICP reply was received, Squid will not
	expect to receive an ICP reply on the next query.  Thus, if
	your time between requests is greater than this timeout, you
	will see a lot of requests sent DIRECT to origin servers
	instead of to your parents.
DOC_END

NAME: forward_max_tries
DEFAULT: 25
TYPE: int
LOC: Config.forward_max_tries
DOC_START
	Limits the number of attempts to forward the request.

	For the purpose of this limit, Squid counts all high-level request
	forwarding attempts, including any same-destination retries after
	certain persistent connection failures and any attempts to use a
	different peer. However, low-level connection reopening attempts
	(enabled using connect_retries) are not counted.
	
	See also: forward_timeout and connect_retries.
DOC_END

COMMENT_START
 MEMORY CACHE OPTIONS
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: cache_mem
COMMENT: (bytes)
TYPE: b_size_t
DEFAULT: 256 MB
LOC: Config.memMaxSize
DOC_START
	NOTE: THIS PARAMETER DOES NOT SPECIFY THE MAXIMUM PROCESS SIZE.
	IT ONLY PLACES A LIMIT ON HOW MUCH ADDITIONAL MEMORY SQUID WILL
	USE AS A MEMORY CACHE OF OBJECTS. SQUID USES MEMORY FOR OTHER
	THINGS AS WELL. SEE THE SQUID FAQ SECTION 8 FOR DETAILS.

	'cache_mem' specifies the ideal amount of memory to be used
	for:
		* In-Transit objects
		* Hot Objects
		* Negative-Cached objects

	Data for these objects are stored in 4 KB blocks.  This
	parameter specifies the ideal upper limit on the total size of
	4 KB blocks allocated.  In-Transit objects take the highest
	priority.

	In-transit objects have priority over the others.  When
	additional space is needed for incoming data, negative-cached
	and hot objects will be released.  In other words, the
	negative-cached and hot objects will fill up any unused space
	not needed for in-transit objects.

	If circumstances require, this limit will be exceeded.
	Specifically, if your incoming request rate requires more than
	'cache_mem' of memory to hold in-transit objects, Squid will
	exceed this limit to satisfy the new requests.  When the load
	decreases, blocks will be freed until the high-water mark is
	reached.  Thereafter, blocks will be used to store hot
	objects.

	If shared memory caching is enabled, Squid does not use the shared
	cache space for in-transit objects, but they still consume as much
	local memory as they need. For more details about the shared memory
	cache, see memory_cache_shared.
DOC_END

NAME: maximum_object_size_in_memory
COMMENT: (bytes)
TYPE: b_size_t
DEFAULT: 512 KB
LOC: Config.Store.maxInMemObjSize
DOC_START
	Objects greater than this size will not be attempted to kept in
	the memory cache. This should be set high enough to keep objects
	accessed frequently in memory to improve performance whilst low
	enough to keep larger objects from hoarding cache_mem.
DOC_END

NAME: memory_cache_shared
COMMENT: on|off
TYPE: YesNoNone
LOC: Config.memShared
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: "on" where supported if doing memory caching with multiple SMP workers.
DOC_START
	Controls whether the memory cache is shared among SMP workers.

	The shared memory cache is meant to occupy cache_mem bytes and replace
	the non-shared memory cache, although some entities may still be
	cached locally by workers for now (e.g., internal and in-transit
	objects may be served from a local memory cache even if shared memory
	caching is enabled).

	By default, the memory cache is shared if and only if all of the
	following conditions are satisfied: Squid runs in SMP mode with
	multiple workers, cache_mem is positive, and Squid environment
	supports required IPC primitives (e.g., POSIX shared memory segments
	and GCC-style atomic operations).

	To avoid blocking locks, shared memory uses opportunistic algorithms
	that do not guarantee that every cachable entity that could have been
	shared among SMP workers will actually be shared.
DOC_END

NAME: memory_cache_mode
TYPE: memcachemode
LOC: Config
DEFAULT: always
DEFAULT_DOC: Keep the most recently fetched objects in memory
DOC_START
	Controls which objects to keep in the memory cache (cache_mem)

	always	Keep most recently fetched objects in memory (default)

	disk	Only disk cache hits are kept in memory, which means
		an object must first be cached on disk and then hit
		a second time before cached in memory.

	network	Only objects fetched from network is kept in memory
DOC_END

NAME: memory_replacement_policy
TYPE: removalpolicy
LOC: Config.memPolicy
DEFAULT: lru
DOC_START
	The memory replacement policy parameter determines which
	objects are purged from memory when memory space is needed.

	See cache_replacement_policy for details on algorithms.
DOC_END

COMMENT_START
 DISK CACHE OPTIONS
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: cache_replacement_policy
TYPE: removalpolicy
LOC: Config.replPolicy
DEFAULT: lru
DOC_START
	The cache replacement policy parameter determines which
	objects are evicted (replaced) when disk space is needed.

	    lru       : Squid's original list based LRU policy
	    heap GDSF : Greedy-Dual Size Frequency
	    heap LFUDA: Least Frequently Used with Dynamic Aging
	    heap LRU  : LRU policy implemented using a heap

	Applies to any cache_dir lines listed below this directive.

	The LRU policies keeps recently referenced objects.

	The heap GDSF policy optimizes object hit rate by keeping smaller
	popular objects in cache so it has a better chance of getting a
	hit.  It achieves a lower byte hit rate than LFUDA though since
	it evicts larger (possibly popular) objects.

	The heap LFUDA policy keeps popular objects in cache regardless of
	their size and thus optimizes byte hit rate at the expense of
	hit rate since one large, popular object will prevent many
	smaller, slightly less popular objects from being cached.

	Both policies utilize a dynamic aging mechanism that prevents
	cache pollution that can otherwise occur with frequency-based
	replacement policies.

	NOTE: if using the LFUDA replacement policy you should increase
	the value of maximum_object_size above its default of 4 MB to
	to maximize the potential byte hit rate improvement of LFUDA.

	For more information about the GDSF and LFUDA cache replacement
	policies see http://www.hpl.hp.com/techreports/1999/HPL-1999-69.html
	and http://fog.hpl.external.hp.com/techreports/98/HPL-98-173.html.
DOC_END

NAME: minimum_object_size
COMMENT: (bytes)
TYPE: b_int64_t
DEFAULT: 0 KB
DEFAULT_DOC: no limit
LOC: Config.Store.minObjectSize
DOC_START
	Objects smaller than this size will NOT be saved on disk.  The
	value is specified in bytes, and the default is 0 KB, which
	means all responses can be stored.
DOC_END

NAME: maximum_object_size
COMMENT: (bytes)
TYPE: b_int64_t
DEFAULT: 4 MB
LOC: Config.Store.maxObjectSize
DOC_START
	Set the default value for max-size parameter on any cache_dir.
	The value is specified in bytes, and the default is 4 MB.
	
	If you wish to get a high BYTES hit ratio, you should probably
	increase this (one 32 MB object hit counts for 3200 10KB
	hits).
	
	If you wish to increase hit ratio more than you want to
	save bandwidth you should leave this low.
	
	NOTE: if using the LFUDA replacement policy you should increase
	this value to maximize the byte hit rate improvement of LFUDA!
	See cache_replacement_policy for a discussion of this policy.
DOC_END

NAME: cache_dir
TYPE: cachedir
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: No disk cache. Store cache objects only in memory.
LOC: Config.cacheSwap
DOC_START
	Format:
		cache_dir Type Directory-Name Fs-specific-data [options]

	You can specify multiple cache_dir lines to spread the
	cache among different disk partitions.

	Type specifies the kind of storage system to use. Only "ufs"
	is built by default. To enable any of the other storage systems
	see the --enable-storeio configure option.

	'Directory' is a top-level directory where cache swap
	files will be stored.  If you want to use an entire disk
	for caching, this can be the mount-point directory.
	The directory must exist and be writable by the Squid
	process.  Squid will NOT create this directory for you.

	In SMP configurations, cache_dir must not precede the workers option
	and should use configuration macros or conditionals to give each
	worker interested in disk caching a dedicated cache directory.


	====  The ufs store type  ====

	"ufs" is the old well-known Squid storage format that has always
	been there.

	Usage:
		cache_dir ufs Directory-Name Mbytes L1 L2 [options]

	'Mbytes' is the amount of disk space (MB) to use under this
	directory.  The default is 100 MB.  Change this to suit your
	configuration.  Do NOT put the size of your disk drive here.
	Instead, if you want Squid to use the entire disk drive,
	subtract 20% and use that value.

	'L1' is the number of first-level subdirectories which
	will be created under the 'Directory'.  The default is 16.

	'L2' is the number of second-level subdirectories which
	will be created under each first-level directory.  The default
	is 256.


	====  The aufs store type  ====

	"aufs" uses the same storage format as "ufs", utilizing
	POSIX-threads to avoid blocking the main Squid process on
	disk-I/O. This was formerly known in Squid as async-io.

	Usage:
		cache_dir aufs Directory-Name Mbytes L1 L2 [options]

	see argument descriptions under ufs above


	====  The diskd store type  ====

	"diskd" uses the same storage format as "ufs", utilizing a
	separate process to avoid blocking the main Squid process on
	disk-I/O.

	Usage:
		cache_dir diskd Directory-Name Mbytes L1 L2 [options] [Q1=n] [Q2=n]

	see argument descriptions under ufs above

	Q1 specifies the number of unacknowledged I/O requests when Squid
	stops opening new files. If this many messages are in the queues,
	Squid won't open new files. Default is 64

	Q2 specifies the number of unacknowledged messages when Squid
	starts blocking.  If this many messages are in the queues,
	Squid blocks until it receives some replies. Default is 72

	When Q1 < Q2 (the default), the cache directory is optimized
	for lower response time at the expense of a decrease in hit
	ratio.  If Q1 > Q2, the cache directory is optimized for
	higher hit ratio at the expense of an increase in response
	time.


	====  The rock store type  ====

	Usage:
	    cache_dir rock Directory-Name Mbytes [options]

	The Rock Store type is a database-style storage. All cached
	entries are stored in a "database" file, using fixed-size slots.
	A single entry occupies one or more slots.

	If possible, Squid using Rock Store creates a dedicated kid
	process called "disker" to avoid blocking Squid worker(s) on disk
	I/O. One disker kid is created for each rock cache_dir.  Diskers
	are created only when Squid, running in daemon mode, has support
	for the IpcIo disk I/O module.

	swap-timeout=msec: Squid will not start writing a miss to or
	reading a hit from disk if it estimates that the swap operation
	will take more than the specified number of milliseconds. By
	default and when set to zero, disables the disk I/O time limit
	enforcement. Ignored when using blocking I/O module because
	blocking synchronous I/O does not allow Squid to estimate the
	expected swap wait time.

	max-swap-rate=swaps/sec: Artificially limits disk access using
	the specified I/O rate limit. Swap out requests that
	would cause the average I/O rate to exceed the limit are
	delayed. Individual swap in requests (i.e., hits or reads) are
	not delayed, but they do contribute to measured swap rate and
	since they are placed in the same FIFO queue as swap out
	requests, they may wait longer if max-swap-rate is smaller.
	This is necessary on file systems that buffer "too
	many" writes and then start blocking Squid and other processes
	while committing those writes to disk.  Usually used together
	with swap-timeout to avoid excessive delays and queue overflows
	when disk demand exceeds available disk "bandwidth". By default
	and when set to zero, disables the disk I/O rate limit
	enforcement. Currently supported by IpcIo module only.

	slot-size=bytes: The size of a database "record" used for
	storing cached responses. A cached response occupies at least
	one slot and all database I/O is done using individual slots so
	increasing this parameter leads to more disk space waste while
	decreasing it leads to more disk I/O overheads. Should be a
	multiple of your operating system I/O page size. Defaults to
	16KBytes. A housekeeping header is stored with each slot and
	smaller slot-sizes will be rejected. The header is smaller than
	100 bytes.


	==== COMMON OPTIONS ====

	no-store	no new objects should be stored to this cache_dir.

	min-size=n	the minimum object size in bytes this cache_dir
			will accept.  It's used to restrict a cache_dir
			to only store large objects (e.g. AUFS) while
			other stores are optimized for smaller objects
			(e.g. Rock).
			Defaults to 0.

	max-size=n	the maximum object size in bytes this cache_dir
			supports.
			The value in maximum_object_size directive sets
			the default unless more specific details are
			available (ie a small store capacity).

	Note: To make optimal use of the max-size limits you should order
	the cache_dir lines with the smallest max-size value first.

CONFIG_START

# Uncomment and adjust the following to add a disk cache directory.
#cache_dir ufs @DEFAULT_SWAP_DIR@ 100 16 256
CONFIG_END
DOC_END

NAME: store_dir_select_algorithm
TYPE: string
LOC: Config.store_dir_select_algorithm
DEFAULT: least-load
DOC_START
	How Squid selects which cache_dir to use when the response
	object will fit into more than one.

	Regardless of which algorithm is used the cache_dir min-size
	and max-size parameters are obeyed. As such they can affect
	the selection algorithm by limiting the set of considered
	cache_dir.

	Algorithms:

		least-load

	This algorithm is suited to caches with similar cache_dir
	sizes and disk speeds.

	The disk with the least I/O pending is selected.
	When there are multiple disks with the same I/O load ranking
	the cache_dir with most available capacity is selected.

	When a mix of cache_dir sizes are configured the faster disks
	have a naturally lower I/O loading and larger disks have more
	capacity. So space used to store objects and data throughput
	may be very unbalanced towards larger disks.


		round-robin

	This algorithm is suited to caches with unequal cache_dir
	disk sizes.

	Each cache_dir is selected in a rotation. The next suitable
	cache_dir is used.

	Available cache_dir capacity is only considered in relation
	to whether the object will fit and meets the min-size and
	max-size parameters.

	Disk I/O loading is only considered to prevent overload on slow
	disks. This algorithm does not spread objects by size, so any
	I/O loading per-disk may appear very unbalanced and volatile.

	If several cache_dirs use similar min-size, max-size, or other
	limits to to reject certain responses, then do not group such
	cache_dir lines together, to avoid round-robin selection bias
	towards the first cache_dir after the group. Instead, interleave
	cache_dir lines from different groups. For example:

		store_dir_select_algorithm round-robin
		cache_dir rock /hdd1 ... min-size=100000
		cache_dir rock /ssd1 ... max-size=99999
		cache_dir rock /hdd2 ... min-size=100000
		cache_dir rock /ssd2 ... max-size=99999
		cache_dir rock /hdd3 ... min-size=100000
		cache_dir rock /ssd3 ... max-size=99999
DOC_END

NAME: paranoid_hit_validation
COMMENT: time-units-small
TYPE: time_nanoseconds
DEFAULT: 0
DEFAULT_DOC: validation disabled
LOC: Config.paranoid_hit_validation
DOC_START
	Controls whether Squid should perform paranoid validation of cache entry
	metadata integrity every time a cache entry is hit. This low-level
	validation should always succeed. Each failed validation results in a
	cache miss, a BUG line reported to cache.log, and the invalid entry
	marked as unusable (and eventually purged from the cache).

	Squid can only validate shared cache memory and rock cache_dir entries.

	* Zero (default) value means that the validation is disabled.

	* Positive values enable validation:
	  - values less than 1 day approximate the maximum time that Squid is allowed
	    to spend validating a single cache hit.
	  - values greater or equal to 1 day are considered as no limitation:
	    in this case all checks will be performed, regardless of how much time
	    they take.

	Hits are usually stored using 16KB slots (for rock, the size is
	configurable via cache_dir slot-size). Larger hits require scanning more
	slots and, hence, take more time. When validation is enabled, at least one
	slot is always validated, regardless of the configured time limit.

	A worker process validating an entry cannot do anything else (i.e. the
	validation is blocking). The validation overhead is environment dependent,
	but developers have observed Squid spending 3-10 microseconds to check each
	slot of a Rock or shared memory hit entry. If Squid cuts validation short
	because it runs out of configured time, it treats the entry as valid.

	When hit validation is enabled, its statistics is included in Cache
	Manager mgr:counters, mgr:5min, and mgr:60min reports.
DOC_END

NAME: max_open_disk_fds
TYPE: int
LOC: Config.max_open_disk_fds
DEFAULT: 0
DEFAULT_DOC: no limit
DOC_START
	To avoid having disk as the I/O bottleneck Squid can optionally
	bypass the on-disk cache if more than this amount of disk file
	descriptors are open.

	A value of 0 indicates no limit.
DOC_END

NAME: cache_swap_low
COMMENT: (percent, 0-100)
TYPE: int
DEFAULT: 90
LOC: Config.Swap.lowWaterMark
DOC_START
	The low-water mark for AUFS/UFS/diskd cache object eviction by
	the cache_replacement_policy algorithm.

	Removal begins when the swap (disk) usage of a cache_dir is
	above this low-water mark and attempts to maintain utilization
	near the low-water mark.

	As swap utilization increases towards the high-water mark set
	by cache_swap_high object eviction becomes more aggressive.

	The value difference in percentages between low- and high-water
	marks represent an eviction rate of 300 objects per second and
	the rate continues to scale in aggressiveness by multiples of
	this above the high-water mark.

	Defaults are 90% and 95%. If you have a large cache, 5% could be
	hundreds of MB. If this is the case you may wish to set these
	numbers closer together.

	See also cache_swap_high and cache_replacement_policy
DOC_END

NAME: cache_swap_high
COMMENT: (percent, 0-100)
TYPE: int
DEFAULT: 95
LOC: Config.Swap.highWaterMark
DOC_START
	The high-water mark for AUFS/UFS/diskd cache object eviction by
	the cache_replacement_policy algorithm.

	Removal begins when the swap (disk) usage of a cache_dir is
	above the low-water mark set by cache_swap_low and attempts to
	maintain utilization near the low-water mark.

	As swap utilization increases towards this high-water mark object
	eviction becomes more aggressive.

	The value difference in percentages between low- and high-water
	marks represent an eviction rate of 300 objects per second and
	the rate continues to scale in aggressiveness by multiples of
	this above the high-water mark.

	Defaults are 90% and 95%. If you have a large cache, 5% could be
	hundreds of MB. If this is the case you may wish to set these
	numbers closer together.

	See also cache_swap_low and cache_replacement_policy
DOC_END

COMMENT_START
 LOGFILE OPTIONS
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: logformat
TYPE: logformat
LOC: Log::TheConfig
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: The format definitions squid, common, combined, referrer, useragent are built in.
DOC_START
	Usage:

	logformat <name> <format specification>

	Defines an access log format.

	The <format specification> is a string with embedded % format codes

	% format codes all follow the same basic structure where all
	components but the formatcode are optional and usually unnecessary,
	especially when dealing with common codes.

		% [encoding] [-] [[0]width] [{arg}] formatcode [{arg}]

		encoding escapes or otherwise protects "special" characters:

			"	Quoted string encoding where quote(") and
				backslash(\) characters are \-escaped while
				CR, LF, and TAB characters are encoded as \r,
				\n, and \t two-character sequences.

			[	Custom Squid encoding where percent(%), square
				brackets([]), backslash(\) and characters with
				codes outside of [32,126] range are %-encoded.
				SP is not encoded. Used by log_mime_hdrs.

			#	URL encoding (a.k.a. percent-encoding) where
				all URL unsafe and control characters (per RFC
				1738) are %-encoded.

			/	Shell-like encoding where quote(") and
				backslash(\) characters are \-escaped while CR
				and LF characters are encoded as \r and \n
				two-character sequences. Values containing SP
				character(s) are surrounded by quotes(").

			'	Raw/as-is encoding with no escaping/quoting.

			Default encoding: When no explicit encoding is
			specified, each %code determines its own encoding.
			Most %codes use raw/as-is encoding, but some codes use
			a so called "pass-through URL encoding" where all URL
			unsafe and control characters (per RFC 1738) are
			%-encoded, but the percent character(%) is left as is.

		-	left aligned

		width	minimum and/or maximum field width:
			    [width_min][.width_max]
			When minimum starts with 0, the field is zero-padded.
			String values exceeding maximum width are truncated.

		{arg}	argument such as header name etc. This field may be
			placed before or after the token, but not both at once.

	Format codes:

		%	a literal % character
		sn	Unique sequence number per log line entry
		err_code    The ID of an error response served by Squid or
				a similar internal error identifier.
		err_detail  Additional err_code-dependent error information.
		note	The annotation specified by the argument. Also
			logs the adaptation meta headers set by the
			adaptation_meta configuration parameter.
			If no argument given all annotations logged.
			The argument may include a separator to use with
			annotation values:
                            name[:separator]
			By default, multiple note values are separated with ","
			and multiple notes are separated with "\r\n".
			When logging named notes with %{name}note, the
			explicitly configured separator is used between note
			values. When logging all notes with %note, the
			explicitly configured separator is used between
			individual notes. There is currently no way to
			specify both value and notes separators when logging
			all notes with %note.
		master_xaction  The master transaction identifier is an unsigned
			integer. These IDs are guaranteed to monotonically
			increase within a single worker process lifetime, with
			higher values corresponding to transactions that were
			accepted or initiated later. Due to current implementation
			deficiencies, some IDs are skipped (i.e. never logged).
			Concurrent workers and restarted workers use similar,
			overlapping sequences of master transaction IDs.

	Connection related format codes:

		>a	Client source IP address
		>A	Client FQDN
		>p	Client source port
		>eui	Client source EUI (MAC address, EUI-48 or EUI-64 identifier)
		>la	Local IP address the client connected to
		>lp	Local port number the client connected to
		>qos    Client connection TOS/DSCP value set by Squid
		>nfmark Client connection netfilter packet MARK set by Squid

		transport::>connection_id Identifies a transport connection
			accepted by Squid (e.g., a connection carrying the
			logged HTTP request). Currently, Squid only supports
			TCP transport connections.

			The logged identifier is an unsigned integer. These
			IDs are guaranteed to monotonically increase within a
			single worker process lifetime, with higher values
			corresponding to connections that were accepted later.
			Many IDs are skipped (i.e. never logged). Concurrent
			workers and restarted workers use similar, partially
			overlapping sequences of IDs.

		la	Local listening IP address the client connection was connected to.
		lp	Local listening port number the client connection was connected to.

		<a	Server IP address of the last server or peer connection
		<A	Server FQDN or peer name
		<p	Server port number of the last server or peer connection
		<la	Local IP address of the last server or peer connection
		<lp     Local port number of the last server or peer connection
		<qos	Server connection TOS/DSCP value set by Squid
		<nfmark Server connection netfilter packet MARK set by Squid

		>handshake Raw client handshake
			Initial client bytes received by Squid on a newly
			accepted TCP connection or inside a just established
			CONNECT tunnel. Squid stops accumulating handshake
			bytes as soon as the handshake parser succeeds or
			fails (determining whether the client is using the
			expected protocol).

			For HTTP clients, the handshake is the request line.
			For TLS clients, the handshake consists of all TLS
			records up to and including the TLS record that
			contains the last byte of the first ClientHello
			message. For clients using an unsupported protocol,
			this field contains the bytes received by Squid at the
			time of the handshake parsing failure.

			See the on_unsupported_protocol directive for more
			information on Squid handshake traffic expectations.

			Current support is limited to these contexts:
			- http_port connections, but only when the
			  on_unsupported_protocol directive is in use.
			- https_port connections (and CONNECT tunnels) that
			  are subject to the ssl_bump peek or stare action.

			To protect binary handshake data, this field is always
			base64-encoded (RFC 4648 Section 4). If logformat
			field encoding is configured, that encoding is applied
			on top of base64. Otherwise, the computed base64 value
			is recorded as is.

	Time related format codes:

		ts	Seconds since epoch
		tu	subsecond time (milliseconds)
		tl	Local time. Optional strftime format argument
				default %d/%b/%Y:%H:%M:%S %z
		tg	GMT time. Optional strftime format argument
				default %d/%b/%Y:%H:%M:%S %z
		tr	Response time (milliseconds)
		dt	Total time spent making DNS lookups (milliseconds)
		tS	Approximate master transaction start time in 
			<full seconds since epoch>.<fractional seconds> format.
			Currently, Squid considers the master transaction
			started when a complete HTTP request header initiating
			the transaction is received from the client. This is
			the same value that Squid uses to calculate transaction
			response time when logging %tr to access.log. Currently,
			Squid uses millisecond resolution for %tS values,
			similar to the default access.log "current time" field
			(%ts.%03tu).

	Access Control related format codes:

		et	Tag returned by external acl
		ea	Log string returned by external acl
		un	User name (any available)
		ul	User name from authentication
		ue	User name from external acl helper
		ui	User name from ident
		un	A user name. Expands to the first available name
			from the following list of information sources:
			- authenticated user name, like %ul
			- user name supplied by an external ACL, like %ue
			- SSL client name, like %us
			- ident user name, like %ui
		credentials Client credentials. The exact meaning depends on
			the authentication scheme: For Basic authentication,
			it is the password; for Digest, the realm sent by the
			client; for NTLM and Negotiate, the client challenge
			or client credentials prefixed with "YR " or "KK ".

	HTTP related format codes:

	    REQUEST

		[http::]rm	Request method (GET/POST etc)
		[http::]>rm	Request method from client
		[http::]<rm	Request method sent to server or peer

		[http::]ru	Request URL received (or computed) and sanitized

				Logs request URI received from the client, a
				request adaptation service, or a request
				redirector (whichever was applied last).

				Computed URLs are URIs of internally generated
				requests and various "error:..." URIs.

				Honors strip_query_terms and uri_whitespace.

				This field is not encoded by default. Encoding
				this field using variants of %-encoding will
				clash with uri_whitespace modifications that
				also use %-encoding.

		[http::]>ru	Request URL received from the client (or computed)

				Computed URLs are URIs of internally generated
				requests and various "error:..." URIs.

				Unlike %ru, this request URI is not affected
				by request adaptation, URL rewriting services,
				and strip_query_terms.

				Honors uri_whitespace.

				This field is using pass-through URL encoding
				by default. Encoding this field using other
				variants of %-encoding will clash with
				uri_whitespace modifications that also use
				%-encoding.

		[http::]<ru	Request URL sent to server or peer
		[http::]>rs	Request URL scheme from client
		[http::]<rs	Request URL scheme sent to server or peer
		[http::]>rd	Request URL domain from client
		[http::]<rd	Request URL domain sent to server or peer
		[http::]>rP	Request URL port from client
		[http::]<rP	Request URL port sent to server or peer
		[http::]rp	Request URL path excluding hostname
		[http::]>rp	Request URL path excluding hostname from client
		[http::]<rp	Request URL path excluding hostname sent to server or peer
		[http::]rv	Request protocol version
		[http::]>rv	Request protocol version from client
		[http::]<rv	Request protocol version sent to server or peer

		[http::]>h	Original received request header.
				Usually differs from the request header sent by
				Squid, although most fields are often preserved.
				Accepts optional header field name/value filter
				argument using name[:[separator]element] format.
		[http::]>ha	Received request header after adaptation and
				redirection (pre-cache REQMOD vectoring point).
				Usually differs from the request header sent by
				Squid, although most fields are often preserved.
				Optional header name argument as for >h

	    RESPONSE

		[http::]<Hs	HTTP status code received from the next hop
		[http::]>Hs	HTTP status code sent to the client

		[http::]<h	Reply header. Optional header name argument
				as for >h

		[http::]mt	MIME content type


	    SIZE COUNTERS

		[http::]st	Total size of request + reply traffic with client
		[http::]>st	Total size of request received from client.
				Excluding chunked encoding bytes.
		[http::]<st	Total size of reply sent to client (after adaptation)

		[http::]>sh	Size of request headers received from client
		[http::]<sh	Size of reply headers sent to client (after adaptation)

		[http::]<sH	Reply high offset sent
		[http::]<sS	Upstream object size

		[http::]<bs	Number of HTTP-equivalent message body bytes 
				received from the next hop, excluding chunked
				transfer encoding and control messages.
				Generated FTP/Gopher listings are treated as
				received bodies.

	    TIMING

		[http::]<pt	Peer response time in milliseconds. The timer starts
				when the last request byte is sent to the next hop
				and stops when the last response byte is received.
		[http::]<tt	Total time in milliseconds. The timer 
				starts with the first connect request (or write I/O)
				sent to the first selected peer. The timer stops
				with the last I/O with the last peer.

	Squid handling related format codes:

		Ss	Squid request status (TCP_MISS etc)
		Sh	Squid hierarchy status (DEFAULT_PARENT etc)

	SSL-related format codes:

		ssl::bump_mode	SslBump decision for the transaction:

				For CONNECT requests that initiated bumping of
				a connection and for any request received on
				an already bumped connection, Squid logs the
				corresponding SslBump mode ("splice", "bump",
				"peek", "stare", "terminate", "server-first"
				or "client-first"). See the ssl_bump option 
				for more information about these modes.

				A "none" token is logged for requests that
				triggered "ssl_bump" ACL evaluation matching
				a "none" rule.

				In all other cases, a single dash ("-") is
				logged.

		ssl::>sni	SSL client SNI sent to Squid.

		ssl::>cert_subject
				The Subject field of the received client
				SSL certificate or a dash ('-') if Squid has
				received an invalid/malformed certificate or
				no certificate at all. Consider encoding the
				logged value because Subject often has spaces.

		ssl::>cert_issuer
				The Issuer field of the received client
				SSL certificate or a dash ('-') if Squid has
				received an invalid/malformed certificate or
				no certificate at all. Consider encoding the
				logged value because Issuer often has spaces.

		ssl::<cert_subject
				The Subject field of the received server
				TLS certificate or a dash ('-') if this is
				not available. Consider encoding the logged
				value because Subject often has spaces.

		ssl::<cert_issuer
				The Issuer field of the received server
				TLS certificate or a dash ('-') if this is
				not available. Consider encoding the logged
				value because Issuer often has spaces.

		ssl::<cert
				The received server x509 certificate in PEM
				format, including BEGIN and END lines (or a
				dash ('-') if the certificate is unavailable).

				WARNING: Large certificates will exceed the
				current 8KB access.log record limit, resulting
				in truncated records. Such truncation usually
				happens in the middle of a record field. The
				limit applies to all access logging modules.

				The logged certificate may have failed
				validation and may not be trusted by Squid.
				This field does not include any intermediate
				certificates that may have been received from
				the server or fetched during certificate
				validation process.

				Currently, Squid only collects server
				certificates during step3 of SslBump
				processing; connections that were not subject
				to ssl_bump rules or that did not match a peek
				or stare rule at step2 will not have the
				server certificate information.

				This field is using pass-through URL encoding
				by default.

		ssl::<cert_errors
				The list of certificate validation errors
				detected by Squid (including OpenSSL and
				certificate validation helper components). The
				errors are listed in the discovery order. By
				default, the error codes are separated by ':'.
				Accepts an optional separator argument.

		%ssl::>negotiated_version The negotiated TLS version of the
				client connection.

		%ssl::<negotiated_version The negotiated TLS version of the
				last server or peer connection.

		%ssl::>received_hello_version The TLS version of the Hello
				message received from TLS client.

		%ssl::<received_hello_version The TLS version of the Hello
				message received from TLS server.

		%ssl::>received_supported_version The maximum TLS version
				supported by the TLS client.

		%ssl::<received_supported_version The maximum TLS version
				supported by the TLS server.

		%ssl::>negotiated_cipher The negotiated cipher of the
				client connection.

		%ssl::<negotiated_cipher The negotiated cipher of the
				last server or peer connection.

	If ICAP is enabled, the following code becomes available (as
	well as ICAP log codes documented with the icap_log option):

		icap::tt        Total ICAP processing time for the HTTP
				transaction. The timer ticks when ICAP
				ACLs are checked and when ICAP
				transaction is in progress.

	If adaptation is enabled the following codes become available:

		adapt::<last_h	The header of the last ICAP response or
				meta-information from the last eCAP
				transaction related to the HTTP transaction.
				Like <h, accepts an optional header name
				argument.

		adapt::sum_trs Summed adaptation transaction response
				times recorded as a comma-separated list in
				the order of transaction start time. Each time
				value is recorded as an integer number,
				representing response time of one or more
				adaptation (ICAP or eCAP) transaction in
				milliseconds.  When a failed transaction is
				being retried or repeated, its time is not
				logged individually but added to the
				replacement (next) transaction. See also:
				adapt::all_trs.

		adapt::all_trs All adaptation transaction response times.
				Same as adaptation_strs but response times of
				individual transactions are never added
				together. Instead, all transaction response
				times are recorded individually.

	You can prefix adapt::*_trs format codes with adaptation
	service name in curly braces to record response time(s) specific
	to that service. For example: %{my_service}adapt::sum_trs

	Format codes related to the PROXY protocol:

		proxy_protocol::>h PROXY protocol header, including optional TLVs.

				Supports the same field and element reporting/extraction logic
				as %http::>h. For configuration and reporting purposes, Squid
				maps each PROXY TLV to an HTTP header field: the TLV type
				(configured as a decimal integer) is the field name, and the
				TLV value is the field value. All TLVs of "LOCAL" connections
				(in PROXY protocol terminology) are currently skipped/ignored.

				Squid also maps the following standard PROXY protocol header
				blocks to pseudo HTTP headers (their names use PROXY
				terminology and start with a colon, following HTTP tradition
				for pseudo headers): :command, :version, :src_addr, :dst_addr,
				:src_port, and :dst_port.

				Without optional parameters, this logformat code logs
				pseudo headers and TLVs.

				This format code uses pass-through URL encoding by default.

				Example:
					# relay custom PROXY TLV #224 to adaptation services
					adaptation_meta Client-Foo "%proxy_protocol::>h{224}"

				See also: %http::>h

	The default formats available (which do not need re-defining) are:

logformat squid      %ts.%03tu %6tr %>a %Ss/%03>Hs %<st %rm %ru %[un %Sh/%<a %mt
logformat common     %>a %[ui %[un [%tl] "%rm %ru HTTP/%rv" %>Hs %<st %Ss:%Sh
logformat combined   %>a %[ui %[un [%tl] "%rm %ru HTTP/%rv" %>Hs %<st "%{Referer}>h" "%{User-Agent}>h" %Ss:%Sh
logformat referrer   %ts.%03tu %>a %{Referer}>h %ru
logformat useragent  %>a [%tl] "%{User-Agent}>h"

	NOTE: When the log_mime_hdrs directive is set to ON.
		The squid, common and combined formats have a safely encoded copy
		of the mime headers appended to each line within a pair of brackets.

	NOTE: The common and combined formats are not quite true to the Apache definition.
		The logs from Squid contain an extra status and hierarchy code appended.

DOC_END

NAME: access_log cache_access_log
TYPE: access_log
LOC: Config.Log.accesslogs
DEFAULT_IF_NONE: daemon:@DEFAULT_ACCESS_LOG@ squid
DOC_START
	Configures whether and how Squid logs HTTP and ICP transactions.
	If access logging is enabled, a single line is logged for every 
	matching HTTP or ICP request. The recommended directive formats are:

	access_log <module>:<place> [option ...] [acl acl ...]
	access_log none [acl acl ...]

	The following directive format is accepted but may be deprecated:
	access_log <module>:<place> [<logformat name> [acl acl ...]]

        In most cases, the first ACL name must not contain the '=' character
	and should not be equal to an existing logformat name. You can always
	start with an 'all' ACL to work around those restrictions.
	
	Will log to the specified module:place using the specified format (which
	must be defined in a logformat directive) those entries which match
	ALL the acl's specified (which must be defined in acl clauses).
	If no acl is specified, all requests will be logged to this destination.
	
	===== Available options for the recommended directive format =====

	logformat=name		Names log line format (either built-in or
				defined by a logformat directive). Defaults
				to 'squid'.

	buffer-size=64KB	Defines approximate buffering limit for log
				records (see buffered_logs).  Squid should not
				keep more than the specified size and, hence,
				should flush records before the buffer becomes
				full to avoid overflows under normal
				conditions (the exact flushing algorithm is
				module-dependent though).  The on-error option
				controls overflow handling.

	on-error=die|drop	Defines action on unrecoverable errors. The
				'drop' action ignores (i.e., does not log)
				affected log records. The default 'die' action
				kills the affected worker. The drop action 
				support has not been tested for modules other
				than tcp.

	rotate=N		Specifies the number of log file rotations to
				make when you run 'squid -k rotate'. The default
				is to obey the logfile_rotate directive. Setting
				rotate=0 will disable the file name rotation,
				but the log files are still closed and re-opened.
				This will enable you to rename the logfiles
				yourself just before sending the rotate signal.
				Only supported by the stdio module.

	===== Modules Currently available =====
	
	none	Do not log any requests matching these ACL.
		Do not specify Place or logformat name.
	
	stdio	Write each log line to disk immediately at the completion of
		each request.
		Place: the filename and path to be written.
	
	daemon	Very similar to stdio. But instead of writing to disk the log
		line is passed to a daemon helper for asychronous handling instead.
		Place: varies depending on the daemon.
		
		log_file_daemon Place: the file name and path to be written.
	
	syslog	To log each request via syslog facility.
		Place: The syslog facility and priority level for these entries.
		Place Format:  facility.priority

		where facility could be any of:
			authpriv, daemon, local0 ... local7 or user.

		And priority could be any of:
			err, warning, notice, info, debug.
	
	udp	To send each log line as text data to a UDP receiver.
		Place: The destination host name or IP and port.
		Place Format:   //host:port

	tcp	To send each log line as text data to a TCP receiver.
		Lines may be accumulated before sending (see buffered_logs).
		Place: The destination host name or IP and port.
		Place Format:   //host:port

	Default:
		access_log daemon:@DEFAULT_ACCESS_LOG@ squid
DOC_END

NAME: icap_log
TYPE: access_log
IFDEF: ICAP_CLIENT
LOC: Config.Log.icaplogs
DEFAULT: none
DOC_START
	ICAP log files record ICAP transaction summaries, one line per
	transaction.

	The icap_log option format is:
	icap_log <filepath> [<logformat name> [acl acl ...]]
	icap_log none [acl acl ...]]
	
	Please see access_log option documentation for details. The two
	kinds of logs share the overall configuration approach and many
	features.

	ICAP processing of a single HTTP message or transaction may
	require multiple ICAP transactions.  In such cases, multiple
	ICAP transaction log lines will correspond to a single access
	log line.

	ICAP log supports many access.log logformat %codes. In ICAP context,
	HTTP message-related %codes are applied to the HTTP message embedded
	in an ICAP message. Logformat "%http::>..." codes are used for HTTP
	messages embedded in ICAP requests while "%http::<..." codes are used
	for HTTP messages embedded in ICAP responses. For example:

		http::>h	To-be-adapted HTTP message headers sent by Squid to
				the ICAP service. For REQMOD transactions, these are
				HTTP request headers. For RESPMOD, these are HTTP
				response headers, but Squid currently cannot log them
				(i.e., %http::>h will expand to "-" for RESPMOD).

		http::<h	Adapted HTTP message headers sent by the ICAP
				service to Squid (i.e., HTTP request headers in regular
				REQMOD; HTTP response headers in RESPMOD and during
				request satisfaction in REQMOD).

	ICAP OPTIONS transactions do not embed HTTP messages.

	Several logformat codes below deal with ICAP message bodies. An ICAP
	message body, if any, typically includes a complete HTTP message
	(required HTTP headers plus optional HTTP message body). When
	computing HTTP message body size for these logformat codes, Squid
	either includes or excludes chunked encoding overheads; see
	code-specific documentation for details.

	For Secure ICAP services, all size-related information is currently
	computed before/after TLS encryption/decryption, as if TLS was not
	in use at all.

	The following format codes are also available for ICAP logs:

		icap::<A	ICAP server IP address. Similar to <A.

		icap::<service_name	ICAP service name from the icap_service
				option in Squid configuration file.

		icap::ru	ICAP Request-URI. Similar to ru.

		icap::rm	ICAP request method (REQMOD, RESPMOD, or 
				OPTIONS). Similar to existing rm.

		icap::>st	The total size of the ICAP request sent to the ICAP
				server (ICAP headers + ICAP body), including chunking
				metadata (if any).

		icap::<st	The total size of the ICAP response received from the
				ICAP server (ICAP headers + ICAP body), including
				chunking metadata (if any).

		icap::<bs	The size of the ICAP response body received from the
				ICAP server, excluding chunking metadata (if any).

		icap::tr 	Transaction response time (in
				milliseconds).  The timer starts when
				the ICAP transaction is created and
				stops when the transaction is completed.
				Similar to tr.

		icap::tio	Transaction I/O time (in milliseconds). The
				timer starts when the first ICAP request
				byte is scheduled for sending. The timers
				stops when the last byte of the ICAP response
				is received.

		icap::to 	Transaction outcome: ICAP_ERR* for all
				transaction errors, ICAP_OPT for OPTION
				transactions, ICAP_ECHO for 204
				responses, ICAP_MOD for message
				modification, and ICAP_SAT for request
				satisfaction. Similar to Ss.

		icap::Hs	ICAP response status code. Similar to Hs.

		icap::>h	ICAP request header(s). Similar to >h.

		icap::<h	ICAP response header(s). Similar to <h.

	The default ICAP log format, which can be used without an explicit
	definition, is called icap_squid:

logformat icap_squid %ts.%03tu %6icap::tr %>A %icap::to/%03icap::Hs %icap::<st %icap::rm %icap::ru %un -/%icap::<A -

	See also: logformat and %adapt::<last_h
DOC_END

NAME: logfile_daemon
TYPE: string
DEFAULT: @DEFAULT_LOGFILED@
LOC: Log::TheConfig.logfile_daemon
DOC_START
	Specify the path to the logfile-writing daemon. This daemon is
	used to write the access and store logs, if configured.

	Squid sends a number of commands to the log daemon:
	  L<data>\n - logfile data
	  R\n - rotate file
	  T\n - truncate file
	  O\n - reopen file
	  F\n - flush file
	  r<n>\n - set rotate count to <n>
	  b<n>\n - 1 = buffer output, 0 = don't buffer output

	No responses is expected.
DOC_END

NAME: stats_collection
TYPE: acl_access
LOC: Config.accessList.stats_collection
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Allow logging for all transactions.
COMMENT: allow|deny acl acl...
DOC_START
	This options allows you to control which requests gets accounted
	in performance counters.

	This clause only supports fast acl types.
	See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
DOC_END

NAME: cache_store_log
TYPE: string
DEFAULT: none
LOC: Config.Log.store
DOC_START
	Logs the activities of the storage manager.  Shows which
	objects are ejected from the cache, and which objects are
	saved and for how long.
	There are not really utilities to analyze this data, so you can safely
	disable it (the default).
	
	Store log uses modular logging outputs. See access_log for the list
	of modules supported.
	
	Example:
		cache_store_log stdio:@DEFAULT_STORE_LOG@
		cache_store_log daemon:@DEFAULT_STORE_LOG@
DOC_END

NAME: cache_swap_state cache_swap_log
TYPE: string
LOC: Config.Log.swap
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Store the journal inside its cache_dir
DOC_START
	Location for the cache "swap.state" file. This index file holds
	the metadata of objects saved on disk.  It is used to rebuild
	the cache during startup.  Normally this file resides in each
	'cache_dir' directory, but you may specify an alternate
	pathname here.  Note you must give a full filename, not just
	a directory. Since this is the index for the whole object
	list you CANNOT periodically rotate it!

	If %s can be used in the file name it will be replaced with a
	a representation of the cache_dir name where each / is replaced
	with '.'. This is needed to allow adding/removing cache_dir
	lines when cache_swap_log is being used.

	If have more than one 'cache_dir', and %s is not used in the name
	these swap logs will have names such as:

		cache_swap_log.00
		cache_swap_log.01
		cache_swap_log.02

	The numbered extension (which is added automatically)
	corresponds to the order of the 'cache_dir' lines in this
	configuration file.  If you change the order of the 'cache_dir'
	lines in this file, these index files will NOT correspond to
	the correct 'cache_dir' entry (unless you manually rename
	them).  We recommend you do NOT use this option.  It is
	better to keep these index files in each 'cache_dir' directory.
DOC_END

NAME: logfile_rotate
TYPE: int
DEFAULT: 10
LOC: Config.Log.rotateNumber
DOC_START
	Specifies the default number of logfile rotations to make when you
	type 'squid -k rotate'. The default is 10, which will rotate
	with extensions 0 through 9. Setting logfile_rotate to 0 will
	disable the file name rotation, but the logfiles are still closed
	and re-opened. This will enable you to rename the logfiles
	yourself just before sending the rotate signal.

	Note, from Squid-3.1 this option is only a default for cache.log,
	that log can be rotated separately by using debug_options.

	Note, from Squid-4 this option is only a default for access.log
	recorded by stdio: module. Those logs can be rotated separately by
	using the rotate=N option on their access_log directive.

	Note, the 'squid -k rotate' command normally sends a USR1
	signal to the running squid process.  In certain situations
	(e.g. on Linux with Async I/O), USR1 is used for other
	purposes, so -k rotate uses another signal.  It is best to get
	in the habit of using 'squid -k rotate' instead of 'kill -USR1
	<pid>'.

DOC_END

NAME: mime_table
TYPE: string
DEFAULT: @DEFAULT_MIME_TABLE@
LOC: Config.mimeTablePathname
DOC_START
	Path to Squid's icon configuration file.

	You shouldn't need to change this, but the default file contains
	examples and formatting information if you do.
DOC_END

NAME: log_mime_hdrs
COMMENT: on|off
TYPE: onoff
LOC: Config.onoff.log_mime_hdrs
DEFAULT: off
DOC_START
	The Cache can record both the request and the response MIME
	headers for each HTTP transaction.  The headers are encoded
	safely and will appear as two bracketed fields at the end of
	the access log (for either the native or httpd-emulated log
	formats).  To enable this logging set log_mime_hdrs to 'on'.
DOC_END

NAME: pid_filename
TYPE: string
DEFAULT: @DEFAULT_PID_FILE@
LOC: Config.pidFilename
DOC_START
	A filename to write the process-id to.  To disable, enter "none".
DOC_END

NAME: client_netmask
TYPE: address
LOC: Config.Addrs.client_netmask
DEFAULT: no_addr
DEFAULT_DOC: Log full client IP address
DOC_START
	A netmask for client addresses in logfiles and cachemgr output.
	Change this to protect the privacy of your cache clients.
	A netmask of 255.255.255.0 will log all IP's in that range with
	the last digit set to '0'.
DOC_END

NAME: strip_query_terms
TYPE: onoff
LOC: Config.onoff.strip_query_terms
DEFAULT: on
DOC_START
	By default, Squid strips query terms from requested URLs before
	logging.  This protects your user's privacy and reduces log size.

	When investigating HIT/MISS or other caching behaviour you
	will need to disable this to see the full URL used by Squid.
DOC_END

NAME: buffered_logs
COMMENT: on|off
TYPE: onoff
DEFAULT: off
LOC: Config.onoff.buffered_logs
DOC_START
	Whether to write/send access_log records ASAP or accumulate them and
	then write/send them in larger chunks. Buffering may improve
	performance because it decreases the number of I/Os. However,
	buffering increases the delay before log records become available to
	the final recipient (e.g., a disk file or logging daemon) and,
	hence, increases the risk of log records loss.

	Note that even when buffered_logs are off, Squid may have to buffer
	records if it cannot write/send them immediately due to pending I/Os
	(e.g., the I/O writing the previous log record) or connectivity loss.

	Currently honored by 'daemon' and 'tcp' access_log modules only.
DOC_END

NAME: netdb_filename
TYPE: string
DEFAULT: stdio:@DEFAULT_NETDB_FILE@
LOC: Config.netdbFilename
IFDEF: USE_ICMP
DOC_START
	Where Squid stores it's netdb journal.
	When enabled this journal preserves netdb state between restarts.

	To disable, enter "none".
DOC_END

NAME: tls_key_log
TYPE: Security::KeyLog*
DEFAULT: none
LOC: Config.Log.tlsKeys
IFDEF: USE_OPENSSL
DOC_START
	Configures whether and where Squid records pre-master secret and
	related encryption details for TLS connections accepted or established
	by Squid. These connections include connections accepted at
	https_port, TLS connections opened to origin servers/cache_peers/ICAP
	services, and TLS tunnels bumped by Squid using the SslBump feature.
	This log (a.k.a. SSLKEYLOGFILE) is meant for triage with traffic
	inspection tools like Wireshark.

	    tls_key_log <destination> [options] [if [!]<acl>...]

	WARNING: This log allows anybody to decrypt the corresponding
	encrypted TLS connections, both in-flight and postmortem.

	At most one log file is supported at this time. Repeated tls_key_log
	directives are treated as fatal configuration errors. By default, no
	log is created or updated.

	If the log file does not exist, Squid creates it. Otherwise, Squid
	appends an existing log file.

	The directive is consulted whenever a TLS connection is accepted or
	established by Squid. TLS connections that fail the handshake may be
	logged if Squid got enough information to form a log record. A record
	is logged only if all of the configured ACLs match.

	While transport-related ACLs like src and dst should work, Squid may
	not have access to higher-level information. For example, when logging
	accepted https_port connections, Squid does not yet have access to the
	expected HTTPS request. Similarly, an HTTPS response is not available
	when logging most TLS connections established by Squid.

	The log record format is meant to be compatible with TLS deciphering
	features of Wireshark which relies on fields like CLIENT_RANDOM and
	RSA Master-Key. A single log record usually spans multiple lines.
	Technical documentation for that format is maintained inside the
	Wireshark code (e.g., see tls_keylog_process_lines() comments as of
	Wireshark commit e3d44136f0f0026c5e893fa249f458073f3b7328). TLS key
	log does not support custom record formats.

	This clause only supports fast acl types.
	See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.

	See access_log's <module>:<place> parameter for a list of supported
	logging destinations.

	TLS key log supports all access_log key=value options with the
	exception of logformat=name.

	Requires Squid built with OpenSSL support.
DOC_END


COMMENT_START
 OPTIONS FOR TROUBLESHOOTING
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: cache_log
TYPE: string
DEFAULT_IF_NONE: @DEFAULT_CACHE_LOG@
LOC: Debug::cache_log
DOC_START
	Squid administrative logging file.

	This is where general information about Squid behavior goes. You can
	increase the amount of data logged to this file and how often it is
	rotated with "debug_options"
DOC_END

NAME: debug_options
TYPE: eol
DEFAULT: ALL,1
DEFAULT_DOC: Log all critical and important messages.
LOC: Debug::debugOptions
DOC_START
	Logging options are set as section,level where each source file
	is assigned a unique section.  Lower levels result in less
	output,  Full debugging (level 9) can result in a very large
	log file, so be careful.

	The magic word "ALL" sets debugging levels for all sections.
	The default is to run with "ALL,1" to record important warnings.

	The rotate=N option can be used to keep more or less of these logs
	than would otherwise be kept by logfile_rotate.
	For most uses a single log should be enough to monitor current
	events affecting Squid.
DOC_END

NAME: coredump_dir
TYPE: string
LOC: Config.coredump_dir
DEFAULT_IF_NONE: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Use the directory from where Squid was started.
DOC_START
	By default Squid leaves core files in the directory from where
	it was started. If you set 'coredump_dir' to a directory
	that exists, Squid will chdir() to that directory at startup
	and coredump files will be left there.

CONFIG_START

# Leave coredumps in the first cache dir
coredump_dir @DEFAULT_SWAP_DIR@
CONFIG_END
DOC_END


COMMENT_START
 OPTIONS FOR FTP GATEWAYING
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: ftp_user
TYPE: string
DEFAULT: Squid@
LOC: Config.Ftp.anon_user
DOC_START
	If you want the anonymous login password to be more informative
	(and enable the use of picky FTP servers), set this to something
	reasonable for your domain, like wwwuser@somewhere.net

	The reason why this is domainless by default is the
	request can be made on the behalf of a user in any domain,
	depending on how the cache is used.
	Some FTP server also validate the email address is valid
	(for example perl.com).
DOC_END

NAME: ftp_passive
TYPE: onoff
DEFAULT: on
LOC: Config.Ftp.passive
DOC_START
	If your firewall does not allow Squid to use passive
	connections, turn off this option.

	Use of ftp_epsv_all option requires this to be ON.
DOC_END

NAME: ftp_epsv_all
TYPE: onoff
DEFAULT: off
LOC: Config.Ftp.epsv_all
DOC_START
	FTP Protocol extensions permit the use of a special "EPSV ALL" command.

	NATs may be able to put the connection on a "fast path" through the
	translator, as the EPRT command will never be used and therefore,
	translation of the data portion of the segments will never be needed.

	When a client only expects to do two-way FTP transfers this may be
	useful.
	If squid finds that it must do a three-way FTP transfer after issuing
	an EPSV ALL command, the FTP session will fail.

	If you have any doubts about this option do not use it.
	Squid will nicely attempt all other connection methods.

	Requires ftp_passive to be ON (default) for any effect.
DOC_END

NAME: ftp_epsv
TYPE: ftp_epsv
DEFAULT: none
LOC: Config.accessList.ftp_epsv
DOC_START
	FTP Protocol extensions permit the use of a special "EPSV" command.

	NATs may be able to put the connection on a "fast path" through the
	translator using EPSV, as the EPRT command will never be used
	and therefore, translation of the data portion of the segments 
	will never be needed.

	EPSV is often required to interoperate with FTP servers on IPv6
	networks. On the other hand, it may break some IPv4 servers.

	By default, EPSV may try EPSV with any FTP server. To fine tune
	that decision, you may restrict EPSV to certain clients or servers
	using ACLs:

		ftp_epsv allow|deny al1 acl2 ...

	WARNING: Disabling EPSV may cause problems with external NAT and IPv6.

	Only fast ACLs are supported.
	Requires ftp_passive to be ON (default) for any effect.
DOC_END

NAME: ftp_eprt
TYPE: onoff
DEFAULT: on
LOC: Config.Ftp.eprt
DOC_START
	FTP Protocol extensions permit the use of a special "EPRT" command.

	This extension provides a protocol neutral alternative to the
	IPv4-only PORT command. When supported it enables active FTP data
	channels over IPv6 and efficient NAT handling.

	Turning this OFF will prevent EPRT being attempted and will skip
	straight to using PORT for IPv4 servers.

	Some devices are known to not handle this extension correctly and
	may result in crashes. Devices which support EPRT enough to fail
	cleanly will result in Squid attempting PORT anyway. This directive
	should only be disabled when EPRT results in device failures.

	WARNING: Doing so will convert Squid back to the old behavior with all
	the related problems with external NAT devices/layers and IPv4-only FTP.
DOC_END

NAME: ftp_sanitycheck
TYPE: onoff
DEFAULT: on
LOC: Config.Ftp.sanitycheck
DOC_START
	For security and data integrity reasons Squid by default performs
	sanity checks of the addresses of FTP data connections ensure the
	data connection is to the requested server. If you need to allow
	FTP connections to servers using another IP address for the data
	connection turn this off.
DOC_END

NAME: ftp_telnet_protocol
TYPE: onoff
DEFAULT: on
LOC: Config.Ftp.telnet
DOC_START
	The FTP protocol is officially defined to use the telnet protocol
	as transport channel for the control connection. However, many
	implementations are broken and does not respect this aspect of
	the FTP protocol.

	If you have trouble accessing files with ASCII code 255 in the
	path or similar problems involving this ASCII code you can
	try setting this directive to off. If that helps, report to the
	operator of the FTP server in question that their FTP server
	is broken and does not follow the FTP standard.
DOC_END

COMMENT_START
 OPTIONS FOR EXTERNAL SUPPORT PROGRAMS
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: diskd_program
TYPE: string
DEFAULT: @DEFAULT_DISKD@
LOC: Config.Program.diskd
DOC_START
	Specify the location of the diskd executable.
	Note this is only useful if you have compiled in
	diskd as one of the store io modules.
DOC_END

NAME: unlinkd_program
IFDEF: USE_UNLINKD
TYPE: string
DEFAULT: @DEFAULT_UNLINKD@
LOC: Config.Program.unlinkd
DOC_START
	Specify the location of the executable for file deletion process.
DOC_END

NAME: pinger_program
IFDEF: USE_ICMP
TYPE: icmp
DEFAULT: @DEFAULT_PINGER@
LOC: IcmpCfg
DOC_START
	Specify the location of the executable for the pinger process.
DOC_END

NAME: pinger_enable
TYPE: onoff
DEFAULT: on
LOC: IcmpCfg.enable
IFDEF: USE_ICMP
DOC_START
	Control whether the pinger is active at run-time.
	Enables turning ICMP pinger on and off with a simple
	squid -k reconfigure.
DOC_END


COMMENT_START
 OPTIONS FOR URL REWRITING
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: url_rewrite_program redirect_program
TYPE: wordlist
LOC: Config.Program.redirect
DEFAULT: none
DOC_START
	The name and command line parameters of an admin-provided executable
	for redirecting clients or adjusting/replacing client request URLs.

	This helper is consulted after the received request is cleared by
	http_access and adapted using eICAP/ICAP services (if any). If the
	helper does not redirect the client, Squid checks adapted_http_access
	and may consult the cache or forward the request to the next hop.


	For each request, the helper gets one line in the following format:

	  [channel-ID <SP>] request-URL [<SP> extras] <NL>

	Use url_rewrite_extras to configure what Squid sends as 'extras'.


	The helper must reply to each query using a single line:

	  [channel-ID <SP>] result [<SP> kv-pairs] <NL>

	The result section must match exactly one of the following outcomes:

	  OK [status=30N] url="..."

		Redirect the client to a URL supplied in the 'url' parameter.
		Optional 'status' specifies the status code to send to the
		client in Squid's HTTP redirect response. It must be one of
		the standard HTTP redirect status codes: 301, 302, 303, 307,
		or 308. When no specific status is requested, Squid uses 302.

	  OK rewrite-url="..."

		Replace the current request URL with the one supplied in the
		'rewrite-url' parameter. Squid fetches the resource specified
		by the new URL and forwards the received response (or its
		cached copy) to the client.

		WARNING: Avoid rewriting URLs! When possible, redirect the
		client using an "OK url=..." helper response instead.
		Rewriting URLs may create inconsistent requests and/or break
		synchronization between internal client and origin server
		states, especially when URLs or other message parts contain
		snippets of that state. For example, Squid does not adjust
		Location headers and embedded URLs after the helper rewrites
		the request URL.

	  OK
		Keep the client request intact.

	  ERR
		Keep the client request intact.

	  BH [message="..."]
		A helper problem that should be reported to the Squid admin
		via a level-1 cache.log message. The 'message' parameter is
		reserved for specifying the log message.

	In addition to the kv-pairs mentioned above, Squid also understands
	the following optional kv-pairs in URL rewriter responses:

	  clt_conn_tag=TAG
		Associates a TAG with the client TCP connection.

		The clt_conn_tag=TAG pair is treated as a regular transaction
		annotation for the current request and also annotates future
		requests on the same client connection. A helper may update
		the TAG during subsequent requests by returning a new kv-pair.


	Helper messages contain the channel-ID part if and only if the
	url_rewrite_children directive specifies positive concurrency. As a
	channel-ID value, Squid sends a number between 0 and concurrency-1.
	The helper must echo back the received channel-ID in its response.

	By default, Squid does not use a URL rewriter.
DOC_END

NAME: url_rewrite_children redirect_children
TYPE: HelperChildConfig
DEFAULT: 20 startup=0 idle=1 concurrency=0
LOC: Config.redirectChildren
DOC_START
	Specifies the maximum number of redirector processes that Squid may
	spawn (numberofchildren) and several related options. Using too few of
	these helper processes (a.k.a. "helpers") creates request queues.
	Using too many helpers wastes your system resources.

	Usage: numberofchildren [option]...

	The startup= and idle= options allow some measure of skew in your
	tuning.
	
		startup=
	
	Sets a minimum of how many processes are to be spawned when Squid
	starts or reconfigures. When set to zero the first request will
	cause spawning of the first child process to handle it.
	
	Starting too few will cause an initial slowdown in traffic as Squid
	attempts to simultaneously spawn enough processes to cope.
	
		idle=
	
	Sets a minimum of how many processes Squid is to try and keep available
	at all times. When traffic begins to rise above what the existing
	processes can handle this many more will be spawned up to the maximum
	configured. A minimum setting of 1 is required.

		concurrency=

	The number of requests each redirector helper can handle in
	parallel. Defaults to 0 which indicates the redirector
	is a old-style single threaded redirector.

	When this directive is set to a value >= 1 then the protocol
	used to communicate with the helper is modified to include
	an ID in front of the request/response. The ID from the request
	must be echoed back with the response to that request.

		queue-size=N

	Sets the maximum number of queued requests. A request is queued when
	no existing child can accept it due to concurrency limit and no new
	child can be started due to numberofchildren limit. The default
	maximum is zero if url_rewrite_bypass is enabled and
	2*numberofchildren otherwise. If the queued requests exceed queue size
	and redirector_bypass configuration option is set, then redirector is
	bypassed. Otherwise, Squid is allowed to temporarily exceed the
	configured maximum, marking the affected helper as "overloaded". If
	the helper overload lasts more than 3 minutes, the action prescribed
	by the on-persistent-overload option applies.

		on-persistent-overload=action

	Specifies Squid reaction to a new helper request arriving when the helper
	has been overloaded for more that 3 minutes already. The number of queued
	requests determines whether the helper is overloaded (see the queue-size
	option).

	Two actions are supported:

	  die	Squid worker quits. This is the default behavior.

	  ERR	Squid treats the helper request as if it was
		immediately submitted, and the helper immediately
		replied with an ERR response. This action has no effect
		on the already queued and in-progress helper requests.
DOC_END

NAME: url_rewrite_host_header redirect_rewrites_host_header
TYPE: onoff
DEFAULT: on
LOC: Config.onoff.redir_rewrites_host
DOC_START
	To preserve same-origin security policies in browsers and
	prevent Host: header forgery by redirectors Squid rewrites
	any Host: header in redirected requests.
	
	If you are running an accelerator this may not be a wanted
	effect of a redirector. This directive enables you disable
	Host: alteration in reverse-proxy traffic.
	
	WARNING: Entries are cached on the result of the URL rewriting
	process, so be careful if you have domain-virtual hosts.
	
	WARNING: Squid and other software verifies the URL and Host
	are matching, so be careful not to relay through other proxies
	or inspecting firewalls with this disabled.
DOC_END

NAME: url_rewrite_access redirector_access
TYPE: acl_access
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Allow, unless rules exist in squid.conf.
LOC: Config.accessList.redirector
DOC_START
	If defined, this access list specifies which requests are
	sent to the redirector processes.

	This clause supports both fast and slow acl types.
	See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
DOC_END

NAME: url_rewrite_bypass redirector_bypass
TYPE: onoff
LOC: Config.onoff.redirector_bypass
DEFAULT: off
DOC_START
	When this is 'on', a request will not go through the
	redirector if all the helpers are busy. If this is 'off' and the
	redirector queue grows too large, the action is prescribed by the
	on-persistent-overload option. You should only enable this if the
	redirectors are not critical to your caching system. If you use
	redirectors for access control, and you enable this option,
	users may have access to pages they should not
	be allowed to request.

	Enabling this option sets the default url_rewrite_children queue-size
	option value to 0.
DOC_END

NAME: url_rewrite_extras
TYPE: TokenOrQuotedString
LOC: Config.redirector_extras
DEFAULT: "%>a/%>A %un %>rm myip=%la myport=%lp"
DOC_START
	Specifies a string to be append to request line format for the
	rewriter helper. "Quoted" format values may contain spaces and
	logformat %macros. In theory, any logformat %macro can be used.
	In practice, a %macro expands as a dash (-) if the helper request is
	sent before the required macro information is available to Squid.
DOC_END

NAME: url_rewrite_timeout
TYPE: UrlHelperTimeout
LOC: Config.onUrlRewriteTimeout
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Squid waits for the helper response forever
DOC_START
	Squid times active requests to redirector. The timeout value and Squid
	reaction to a timed out request are configurable using the following
	format:

	url_rewrite_timeout timeout time-units on_timeout=<action> [response=<quoted-response>]

	supported timeout actions:
		fail	Squid return a ERR_GATEWAY_FAILURE error page

		bypass	Do not re-write the URL

		retry	Send the lookup to the helper again

		use_configured_response
			Use the <quoted-response> as helper response
DOC_END

COMMENT_START
 OPTIONS FOR STORE ID
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: store_id_program storeurl_rewrite_program
TYPE: wordlist
LOC: Config.Program.store_id
DEFAULT: none
DOC_START
	Specify the location of the executable StoreID helper to use.
	Since they can perform almost any function there isn't one included.

	For each requested URL, the helper will receive one line with the format

	  [channel-ID <SP>] URL [<SP> extras]<NL>


	After processing the request the helper must reply using the following format:

	  [channel-ID <SP>] result [<SP> kv-pairs]

	The result code can be:

	  OK store-id="..."
		Use the StoreID supplied in 'store-id='.

	  ERR
		The default is to use HTTP request URL as the store ID.

	  BH
		An internal error occurred in the helper, preventing
		a result being identified.

	In addition to the above kv-pairs Squid also understands the following
	optional kv-pairs received from URL rewriters:
	  clt_conn_tag=TAG
		Associates a TAG with the client TCP connection.
		Please see url_rewrite_program related documentation for this
		kv-pair

	Helper programs should be prepared to receive and possibly ignore
	additional whitespace-separated tokens on each input line.

	When using the concurrency= option the protocol is changed by
	introducing a query channel tag in front of the request/response.
	The query channel tag is a number between 0 and concurrency-1.
	This value must be echoed back unchanged to Squid as the first part
	of the response relating to its request.

	NOTE: when using StoreID refresh_pattern will apply to the StoreID
	      returned from the helper and not the URL.

	WARNING: Wrong StoreID value returned by a careless helper may result
	         in the wrong cached response returned to the user.

	By default, a StoreID helper is not used.
DOC_END

NAME: store_id_extras
TYPE: TokenOrQuotedString
LOC: Config.storeId_extras
DEFAULT: "%>a/%>A %un %>rm myip=%la myport=%lp"
DOC_START
        Specifies a string to be append to request line format for the
        StoreId helper. "Quoted" format values may contain spaces and
        logformat %macros. In theory, any logformat %macro can be used.
        In practice, a %macro expands as a dash (-) if the helper request is
        sent before the required macro information is available to Squid.
DOC_END

NAME: store_id_children storeurl_rewrite_children
TYPE: HelperChildConfig
DEFAULT: 20 startup=0 idle=1 concurrency=0
LOC: Config.storeIdChildren
DOC_START
	Specifies the maximum number of StoreID helper processes that Squid
	may spawn (numberofchildren) and several related options. Using
	too few of these helper processes (a.k.a. "helpers") creates request
	queues. Using too many helpers wastes your system resources.

	Usage: numberofchildren [option]...
	
	The startup= and idle= options allow some measure of skew in your
	tuning.
	
		startup=
	
	Sets a minimum of how many processes are to be spawned when Squid
	starts or reconfigures. When set to zero the first request will
	cause spawning of the first child process to handle it.
	
	Starting too few will cause an initial slowdown in traffic as Squid
	attempts to simultaneously spawn enough processes to cope.
	
		idle=
	
	Sets a minimum of how many processes Squid is to try and keep available
	at all times. When traffic begins to rise above what the existing
	processes can handle this many more will be spawned up to the maximum
	configured. A minimum setting of 1 is required.

		concurrency=

	The number of requests each storeID helper can handle in
	parallel. Defaults to 0 which indicates the helper
	is a old-style single threaded program.

	When this directive is set to a value >= 1 then the protocol
	used to communicate with the helper is modified to include
	an ID in front of the request/response. The ID from the request
	must be echoed back with the response to that request.

		queue-size=N

	Sets the maximum number of queued requests to N. A request is queued
	when no existing child can accept it due to concurrency limit and no
	new child can be started due to numberofchildren limit. The default
	maximum is 2*numberofchildren. If the queued requests exceed queue
	size and redirector_bypass configuration option is set, then
	redirector is bypassed. Otherwise, Squid is allowed to temporarily
	exceed the configured maximum, marking the affected helper as
	"overloaded". If the helper overload lasts more than 3 minutes, the
	action prescribed by the on-persistent-overload option applies.

		on-persistent-overload=action

	Specifies Squid reaction to a new helper request arriving when the helper
	has been overloaded for more that 3 minutes already. The number of queued
	requests determines whether the helper is overloaded (see the queue-size
	option).

	Two actions are supported:

	  die	Squid worker quits. This is the default behavior.

	  ERR	Squid treats the helper request as if it was
		immediately submitted, and the helper immediately
		replied with an ERR response. This action has no effect
		on the already queued and in-progress helper requests.
DOC_END

NAME: store_id_access storeurl_rewrite_access
TYPE: acl_access
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Allow, unless rules exist in squid.conf.
LOC: Config.accessList.store_id
DOC_START
	If defined, this access list specifies which requests are
	sent to the StoreID processes.  By default all requests
	are sent.

	This clause supports both fast and slow acl types.
	See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
DOC_END

NAME: store_id_bypass storeurl_rewrite_bypass
TYPE: onoff
LOC: Config.onoff.store_id_bypass
DEFAULT: on
DOC_START
	When this is 'on', a request will not go through the
	helper if all helpers are busy. If this is 'off' and the helper
	queue grows too large, the action is prescribed by the
	on-persistent-overload option. You should only enable this if the
	helpers are not critical to your caching system. If you use
	helpers for critical caching components, and you enable this 
	option,	users may not get objects from cache.
	This options sets default queue-size option of the store_id_children
	to 0.
DOC_END

COMMENT_START
 OPTIONS FOR TUNING THE CACHE
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: cache no_cache
TYPE: acl_access
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: By default, this directive is unused and has no effect.
LOC: Config.accessList.noCache
DOC_START
	Requests denied by this directive will not be served from the cache
	and their responses will not be stored in the cache. This directive
	has no effect on other transactions and on already cached responses.

	This clause supports both fast and slow acl types.
	See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.

	This and the two other similar caching directives listed below are
	checked at different transaction processing stages, have different
	access to response information, affect different cache operations,
	and differ in slow ACLs support:

	* cache: Checked before Squid makes a hit/miss determination.
		No access to reply information!
		Denies both serving a hit and storing a miss.
		Supports both fast and slow ACLs.
	* send_hit: Checked after a hit was detected.
		Has access to reply (hit) information.
		Denies serving a hit only.
		Supports fast ACLs only.
	* store_miss: Checked before storing a cachable miss.
		Has access to reply (miss) information.
		Denies storing a miss only.
		Supports fast ACLs only.

	If you are not sure which of the three directives to use, apply the
	following decision logic:

	* If your ACL(s) are of slow type _and_ need response info, redesign.
	  Squid does not support that particular combination at this time.
        Otherwise:
	* If your directive ACL(s) are of slow type, use "cache"; and/or
	* if your directive ACL(s) need no response info, use "cache".
        Otherwise:
	* If you do not want the response cached, use store_miss; and/or
	* if you do not want a hit on a cached response, use send_hit.
DOC_END

NAME: send_hit
TYPE: acl_access
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: By default, this directive is unused and has no effect.
LOC: Config.accessList.sendHit
DOC_START
	Responses denied by this directive will not be served from the cache
	(but may still be cached, see store_miss). This directive has no
	effect on the responses it allows and on the cached objects.

	Please see the "cache" directive for a summary of differences among
	store_miss, send_hit, and cache directives.

	Unlike the "cache" directive, send_hit only supports fast acl
	types.  See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.

	For example:

		# apply custom Store ID mapping to some URLs
		acl MapMe dstdomain .c.example.com
		store_id_program ...
		store_id_access allow MapMe

		# but prevent caching of special responses
		# such as 302 redirects that cause StoreID loops
		acl Ordinary http_status 200-299
		store_miss deny MapMe !Ordinary

		# and do not serve any previously stored special responses
		# from the cache (in case they were already cached before
		# the above store_miss rule was in effect).
		send_hit deny MapMe !Ordinary
DOC_END

NAME: store_miss
TYPE: acl_access
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: By default, this directive is unused and has no effect.
LOC: Config.accessList.storeMiss
DOC_START
	Responses denied by this directive will not be cached (but may still
	be served from the cache, see send_hit). This directive has no
	effect on the responses it allows and on the already cached responses.

	Please see the "cache" directive for a summary of differences among
	store_miss, send_hit, and cache directives. See the
	send_hit directive for a usage example.

	Unlike the "cache" directive, store_miss only supports fast acl
	types.  See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
DOC_END

NAME: max_stale
COMMENT: time-units
TYPE: time_t
LOC: Config.maxStale
DEFAULT: 1 week
DOC_START
	This option puts an upper limit on how stale content Squid
	will serve from the cache if cache validation fails.
	Can be overridden by the refresh_pattern max-stale option.
DOC_END

NAME: refresh_pattern
TYPE: refreshpattern
LOC: Config.Refresh
DEFAULT: none
DOC_START
	usage: refresh_pattern [-i] regex min percent max [options]

	By default, regular expressions are CASE-SENSITIVE.  To make
	them case-insensitive, use the -i option.

	'Min' is the time (in minutes) an object without an explicit
	expiry time should be considered fresh. The recommended
	value is 0, any higher values may cause dynamic applications
	to be erroneously cached unless the application designer
	has taken the appropriate actions.

	'Percent' is a percentage of the objects age (time since last
	modification age) an object without explicit expiry time
	will be considered fresh.

	'Max' is an upper limit on how long objects without an explicit
	expiry time will be considered fresh. The value is also used
	to form Cache-Control: max-age header for a request sent from
	Squid to origin/parent.

	options: override-expire
		 override-lastmod
		 reload-into-ims
		 ignore-reload
		 ignore-no-store
		 ignore-private
		 max-stale=NN
		 refresh-ims
		 store-stale

		override-expire enforces min age even if the server
		sent an explicit expiry time (e.g., with the
		Expires: header or Cache-Control: max-age). Doing this
		VIOLATES the HTTP standard.  Enabling this feature
		could make you liable for problems which it causes.

		Note: override-expire does not enforce staleness - it only extends
		freshness / min. If the server returns a Expires time which
		is longer than your max time, Squid will still consider
		the object fresh for that period of time.

		override-lastmod enforces min age even on objects
		that were modified recently.

		reload-into-ims changes a client no-cache or ``reload''
		request for a cached entry into a conditional request using
		If-Modified-Since and/or If-None-Match headers, provided the
		cached entry has a Last-Modified and/or a strong ETag header.
		Doing this VIOLATES the HTTP standard. Enabling this feature
		could make you liable for problems which it causes.

		ignore-reload ignores a client no-cache or ``reload''
		header. Doing this VIOLATES the HTTP standard. Enabling
		this feature could make you liable for problems which
		it causes.

		ignore-no-store ignores any ``Cache-control: no-store''
		headers received from a server. Doing this VIOLATES
		the HTTP standard. Enabling this feature could make you
		liable for problems which it causes.

		ignore-private ignores any ``Cache-control: private''
		headers received from a server. Doing this VIOLATES
		the HTTP standard. Enabling this feature could make you
		liable for problems which it causes.

		refresh-ims causes squid to contact the origin server
		when a client issues an If-Modified-Since request. This
		ensures that the client will receive an updated version
		if one is available.

		store-stale stores responses even if they don't have explicit 
		freshness or a validator (i.e., Last-Modified or an ETag) 
		present, or if they're already stale. By default, Squid will 
		not cache such responses because they usually can't be
		reused. Note that such responses will be stale by default.

		max-stale=NN provide a maximum staleness factor. Squid won't
		serve objects more stale than this even if it failed to
		validate the object. Default: use the max_stale global limit.

	Basically a cached object is:

		FRESH if expire > now, else STALE
		STALE if age > max
		FRESH if lm-factor < percent, else STALE
		FRESH if age < min
		else STALE

	The refresh_pattern lines are checked in the order listed here.
	The first entry which matches is used.  If none of the entries
	match the default will be used.

	Note, you must uncomment all the default lines if you want
	to change one. The default setting is only active if none is
	used.

CONFIG_START

#
# Add any of your own refresh_pattern entries above these.
#
refresh_pattern ^ftp:		1440	20%	10080
refresh_pattern ^gopher:	1440	0%	1440
refresh_pattern -i (/cgi-bin/|\?) 0	0%	0
refresh_pattern .		0	20%	4320
CONFIG_END
DOC_END

NAME: quick_abort_min
COMMENT: (KB)
TYPE: kb_int64_t
DEFAULT: 16 KB
LOC: Config.quickAbort.min
DOC_NONE

NAME: quick_abort_max
COMMENT: (KB)
TYPE: kb_int64_t
DEFAULT: 16 KB
LOC: Config.quickAbort.max
DOC_NONE

NAME: quick_abort_pct
COMMENT: (percent)
TYPE: int
DEFAULT: 95
LOC: Config.quickAbort.pct
DOC_START
	The cache by default continues downloading aborted requests
	which are almost completed (less than 16 KB remaining). This
	may be undesirable on slow (e.g. SLIP) links and/or very busy
	caches.  Impatient users may tie up file descriptors and
	bandwidth by repeatedly requesting and immediately aborting
	downloads.

	When the user aborts a request, Squid will check the
	quick_abort values to the amount of data transferred until
	then.

	If the transfer has less than 'quick_abort_min' KB remaining,
	it will finish the retrieval.

	If the transfer has more than 'quick_abort_max' KB remaining,
	it will abort the retrieval.

	If more than 'quick_abort_pct' of the transfer has completed,
	it will finish the retrieval.

	If you do not want any retrieval to continue after the client
	has aborted, set both 'quick_abort_min' and 'quick_abort_max'
	to '0 KB'.

	If you want retrievals to always continue if they are being
	cached set 'quick_abort_min' to '-1 KB'.
DOC_END

NAME: read_ahead_gap
COMMENT: buffer-size
TYPE: b_int64_t
LOC: Config.readAheadGap
DEFAULT: 16 KB
DOC_START
	The amount of data the cache will buffer ahead of what has been
	sent to the client when retrieving an object from another server.
DOC_END

NAME: negative_ttl
IFDEF: USE_HTTP_VIOLATIONS
COMMENT: time-units
TYPE: time_t
LOC: Config.negativeTtl
DEFAULT: 0 seconds
DOC_START
	Set the Default Time-to-Live (TTL) for failed requests.
	Certain types of failures (such as "connection refused" and
	"404 Not Found") are able to be negatively-cached for a short time.
	Modern web servers should provide Expires: header, however if they
	do not this can provide a minimum TTL.
	The default is not to cache errors with unknown expiry details.

	Note that this is different from negative caching of DNS lookups.

	WARNING: Doing this VIOLATES the HTTP standard.  Enabling
	this feature could make you liable for problems which it
	causes.
DOC_END

NAME: positive_dns_ttl
COMMENT: time-units
TYPE: time_t
LOC: Config.positiveDnsTtl
DEFAULT: 6 hours
DOC_START
	Upper limit on how long Squid will cache positive DNS responses.
	Default is 6 hours (360 minutes). This directive must be set
	larger than negative_dns_ttl.
DOC_END

NAME: negative_dns_ttl
COMMENT: time-units
TYPE: time_t
LOC: Config.negativeDnsTtl
DEFAULT: 1 minutes
DOC_START
	Time-to-Live (TTL) for negative caching of failed DNS lookups.
	This also sets the lower cache limit on positive lookups.
	Minimum value is 1 second, and it is not recommendable to go
	much below 10 seconds.
DOC_END

NAME: range_offset_limit
COMMENT: size [acl acl...]
TYPE: acl_b_size_t
LOC: Config.rangeOffsetLimit
DEFAULT: none
DOC_START
	usage: (size) [units] [[!]aclname]
	
	Sets an upper limit on how far (number of bytes) into the file 
	a Range request	may be to cause Squid to prefetch the whole file. 
	If beyond this limit, Squid forwards the Range request as it is and 
	the result is NOT cached.
	
	This is to stop a far ahead range request (lets say start at 17MB)
	from making Squid fetch the whole object up to that point before
	sending anything to the client.
	
	Multiple range_offset_limit lines may be specified, and they will 
	be searched from top to bottom on each request until a match is found. 
	The first match found will be used.  If no line matches a request, the 
	default limit of 0 bytes will be used.
	
	'size' is the limit specified as a number of units.
	
	'units' specifies whether to use bytes, KB, MB, etc.
	If no units are specified bytes are assumed.
	
	A size of 0 causes Squid to never fetch more than the
	client requested. (default)
	
	A size of 'none' causes Squid to always fetch the object from the
	beginning so it may cache the result. (2.0 style)
	
	'aclname' is the name of a defined ACL.
	
	NP: Using 'none' as the byte value here will override any quick_abort settings 
	    that may otherwise apply to the range request. The range request will
	    be fully fetched from start to finish regardless of the client
	    actions. This affects bandwidth usage.
DOC_END

NAME: minimum_expiry_time
COMMENT: (seconds)
TYPE: time_t
LOC: Config.minimum_expiry_time
DEFAULT: 60 seconds
DOC_START
	The minimum caching time according to (Expires - Date)
	headers Squid honors if the object can't be revalidated.
	The default is 60 seconds.

	In reverse proxy environments it might be desirable to honor
	shorter object lifetimes. It is most likely better to make
	your server return a meaningful Last-Modified header however.

	In ESI environments where page fragments often have short
	lifetimes, this will often be best set to 0.
DOC_END

NAME: store_avg_object_size
COMMENT: (bytes)
TYPE: b_int64_t
DEFAULT: 13 KB
LOC: Config.Store.avgObjectSize
DOC_START
	Average object size, used to estimate number of objects your
	cache can hold.  The default is 13 KB.

	This is used to pre-seed the cache index memory allocation to
	reduce expensive reallocate operations while handling clients
	traffic. Too-large values may result in memory allocation during
	peak traffic, too-small values will result in wasted memory.

	Check the cache manager 'info' report metrics for the real
	object sizes seen by your Squid before tuning this.
DOC_END

NAME: store_objects_per_bucket
TYPE: int
DEFAULT: 20
LOC: Config.Store.objectsPerBucket
DOC_START
	Target number of objects per bucket in the store hash table.
	Lowering this value increases the total number of buckets and
	also the storage maintenance rate.  The default is 20.
DOC_END

COMMENT_START
 HTTP OPTIONS
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: request_header_max_size
COMMENT: (KB)
TYPE: b_size_t
DEFAULT: 64 KB
LOC: Config.maxRequestHeaderSize
DOC_START
	This specifies the maximum size for HTTP headers in a request.
	Request headers are usually relatively small (about 512 bytes).
	Placing a limit on the request header size will catch certain
	bugs (for example with persistent connections) and possibly
	buffer-overflow or denial-of-service attacks.
DOC_END

NAME: reply_header_max_size
COMMENT: (KB)
TYPE: b_size_t
DEFAULT: 64 KB
LOC: Config.maxReplyHeaderSize
DOC_START
	This specifies the maximum size for HTTP headers in a reply.
	Reply headers are usually relatively small (about 512 bytes).
	Placing a limit on the reply header size will catch certain
	bugs (for example with persistent connections) and possibly
	buffer-overflow or denial-of-service attacks.
DOC_END

NAME: request_body_max_size
COMMENT: (bytes)
TYPE: b_int64_t
DEFAULT: 0 KB
DEFAULT_DOC: No limit.
LOC: Config.maxRequestBodySize
DOC_START
	This specifies the maximum size for an HTTP request body.
	In other words, the maximum size of a PUT/POST request.
	A user who attempts to send a request with a body larger
	than this limit receives an "Invalid Request" error message.
	If you set this parameter to a zero (the default), there will
	be no limit imposed.

	See also client_request_buffer_max_size for an alternative
	limitation on client uploads which can be configured.
DOC_END

NAME: client_request_buffer_max_size
COMMENT: (bytes)
TYPE: b_size_t
DEFAULT: 512 KB
LOC: Config.maxRequestBufferSize
DOC_START
	This specifies the maximum buffer size of a client request.
	It prevents squid eating too much memory when somebody uploads
	a large file.
DOC_END

NAME: broken_posts
IFDEF: USE_HTTP_VIOLATIONS
TYPE: acl_access
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Obey RFC 2616.
LOC: Config.accessList.brokenPosts
DOC_START
	A list of ACL elements which, if matched, causes Squid to send
	an extra CRLF pair after the body of a PUT/POST request.

	Some HTTP servers has broken implementations of PUT/POST,
	and rely on an extra CRLF pair sent by some WWW clients.

	Quote from RFC2616 section 4.1 on this matter:

	  Note: certain buggy HTTP/1.0 client implementations generate an
	  extra CRLF's after a POST request. To restate what is explicitly
	  forbidden by the BNF, an HTTP/1.1 client must not preface or follow
	  a request with an extra CRLF.

	This clause only supports fast acl types.
	See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.

Example:
 acl buggy_server url_regex ^http://....
 broken_posts allow buggy_server
DOC_END

NAME: adaptation_uses_indirect_client icap_uses_indirect_client
COMMENT: on|off
TYPE: onoff
IFDEF: FOLLOW_X_FORWARDED_FOR&&USE_ADAPTATION
DEFAULT: on
LOC: Adaptation::Config::use_indirect_client
DOC_START
	Controls whether the indirect client IP address (instead of the direct
	client IP address) is passed to adaptation services.

	See also: follow_x_forwarded_for adaptation_send_client_ip
DOC_END

NAME: via
IFDEF: USE_HTTP_VIOLATIONS
COMMENT: on|off
TYPE: onoff
DEFAULT: on
LOC: Config.onoff.via
DOC_START
	If set (default), Squid will include a Via header in requests and
	replies as required by RFC2616.
DOC_END

NAME: vary_ignore_expire
COMMENT: on|off
TYPE: onoff
LOC: Config.onoff.vary_ignore_expire
DEFAULT: off
DOC_START
	Many HTTP servers supporting Vary gives such objects
	immediate expiry time with no cache-control header
	when requested by a HTTP/1.0 client. This option
	enables Squid to ignore such expiry times until
	HTTP/1.1 is fully implemented.

	WARNING: If turned on this may eventually cause some
	varying objects not intended for caching to get cached.
DOC_END

NAME: request_entities
TYPE: onoff
LOC: Config.onoff.request_entities
DEFAULT: off
DOC_START
	Squid defaults to deny GET and HEAD requests with request entities,
	as the meaning of such requests are undefined in the HTTP standard
	even if not explicitly forbidden.

	Set this directive to on if you have clients which insists
	on sending request entities in GET or HEAD requests. But be warned
	that there is server software (both proxies and web servers) which
	can fail to properly process this kind of request which may make you
	vulnerable to cache pollution attacks if enabled.
DOC_END

NAME: request_header_access
IFDEF: USE_HTTP_VIOLATIONS
TYPE: http_header_access
LOC: Config.request_header_access
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: No limits.
DOC_START
	Usage: request_header_access header_name allow|deny [!]aclname ...

	WARNING: Doing this VIOLATES the HTTP standard.  Enabling
	this feature could make you liable for problems which it
	causes.

	This option replaces the old 'anonymize_headers' and the
	older 'http_anonymizer' option with something that is much
	more configurable. A list of ACLs for each header name allows
	removal of specific header fields under specific conditions.

	This option only applies to outgoing HTTP request headers (i.e.,
	headers sent by Squid to the next HTTP hop such as a cache peer
	or an origin server). The option has no effect during cache hit
	detection. The equivalent adaptation vectoring point in ICAP
	terminology is post-cache REQMOD.

	The option is applied to individual outgoing request header
	fields. For each request header field F, Squid uses the first
	qualifying sets of request_header_access rules:

	    1. Rules with header_name equal to F's name.
	    2. Rules with header_name 'Other', provided F's name is not
	       on the hard-coded list of commonly used HTTP header names.
	    3. Rules with header_name 'All'.

	Within that qualifying rule set, rule ACLs are checked as usual.
	If ACLs of an "allow" rule match, the header field is allowed to
	go through as is. If ACLs of a "deny" rule match, the header is
	removed and request_header_replace is then checked to identify
	if the removed header has a replacement. If no rules within the
	set have matching ACLs, the header field is left as is.

	For example, to achieve the same behavior as the old
	'http_anonymizer standard' option, you should use:

		request_header_access From deny all
		request_header_access Referer deny all
		request_header_access User-Agent deny all

	Or, to reproduce the old 'http_anonymizer paranoid' feature
	you should use:

		request_header_access Authorization allow all
		request_header_access Proxy-Authorization allow all
		request_header_access Cache-Control allow all
		request_header_access Content-Length allow all
		request_header_access Content-Type allow all
		request_header_access Date allow all
		request_header_access Host allow all
		request_header_access If-Modified-Since allow all
		request_header_access Pragma allow all
		request_header_access Accept allow all
		request_header_access Accept-Charset allow all
		request_header_access Accept-Encoding allow all
		request_header_access Accept-Language allow all
		request_header_access Connection allow all
		request_header_access All deny all

	HTTP reply headers are controlled with the reply_header_access directive.

	By default, all headers are allowed (no anonymizing is performed).
DOC_END

NAME: reply_header_access
IFDEF: USE_HTTP_VIOLATIONS
TYPE: http_header_access
LOC: Config.reply_header_access
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: No limits.
DOC_START
	Usage: reply_header_access header_name allow|deny [!]aclname ...

	WARNING: Doing this VIOLATES the HTTP standard.  Enabling
	this feature could make you liable for problems which it
	causes.

	This option only applies to reply headers, i.e., from the
	server to the client.

	This is the same as request_header_access, but in the other
	direction. Please see request_header_access for detailed
	documentation.

	For example, to achieve the same behavior as the old
	'http_anonymizer standard' option, you should use:

		reply_header_access Server deny all
		reply_header_access WWW-Authenticate deny all
		reply_header_access Link deny all

	Or, to reproduce the old 'http_anonymizer paranoid' feature
	you should use:

		reply_header_access Allow allow all
		reply_header_access WWW-Authenticate allow all
		reply_header_access Proxy-Authenticate allow all
		reply_header_access Cache-Control allow all
		reply_header_access Content-Encoding allow all
		reply_header_access Content-Length allow all
		reply_header_access Content-Type allow all
		reply_header_access Date allow all
		reply_header_access Expires allow all
		reply_header_access Last-Modified allow all
		reply_header_access Location allow all
		reply_header_access Pragma allow all
		reply_header_access Content-Language allow all
		reply_header_access Retry-After allow all
		reply_header_access Title allow all
		reply_header_access Content-Disposition allow all
		reply_header_access Connection allow all
		reply_header_access All deny all

	HTTP request headers are controlled with the request_header_access directive.

	By default, all headers are allowed (no anonymizing is
	performed).
DOC_END

NAME: request_header_replace header_replace
IFDEF: USE_HTTP_VIOLATIONS
TYPE: http_header_replace
LOC: Config.request_header_access
DEFAULT: none
DOC_START
	Usage:   request_header_replace header_name message
	Example: request_header_replace User-Agent Nutscrape/1.0 (CP/M; 8-bit)

	This option allows you to change the contents of headers
	denied with request_header_access above, by replacing them
	with some fixed string.

	This only applies to request headers, not reply headers.

	By default, headers are removed if denied.
DOC_END

NAME: reply_header_replace
IFDEF: USE_HTTP_VIOLATIONS
TYPE: http_header_replace
LOC: Config.reply_header_access
DEFAULT: none
DOC_START
        Usage:   reply_header_replace header_name message
        Example: reply_header_replace Server Foo/1.0

        This option allows you to change the contents of headers
        denied with reply_header_access above, by replacing them
        with some fixed string.

        This only applies to reply headers, not request headers.

        By default, headers are removed if denied.
DOC_END

NAME: request_header_add
TYPE: HeaderWithAclList
LOC: Config.request_header_add
DEFAULT: none
DOC_START
	Usage:   request_header_add field-name field-value [ acl ... ]
	Example: request_header_add X-Client-CA "CA=%ssl::>cert_issuer" all

	This option adds header fields to outgoing HTTP requests (i.e.,
	request headers sent by Squid to the next HTTP hop such as a
	cache peer or an origin server). The option has no effect during
	cache hit detection. The equivalent adaptation vectoring point
	in ICAP terminology is post-cache REQMOD.

	Field-name is a token specifying an HTTP header name. If a
	standard HTTP header name is used, Squid does not check whether
	the new header conflicts with any existing headers or violates
	HTTP rules. If the request to be modified already contains a
	field with the same name, the old field is preserved but the
	header field values are not merged.

	Field-value is either a token or a quoted string. If quoted
	string format is used, then the surrounding quotes are removed
	while escape sequences and %macros are processed.

	One or more Squid ACLs may be specified to restrict header
	injection to matching requests. As always in squid.conf, all
	ACLs in the ACL list must be satisfied for the insertion to
	happen. The request_header_add supports fast ACLs only.

	See also: reply_header_add.
DOC_END

NAME: reply_header_add
TYPE: HeaderWithAclList
LOC: Config.reply_header_add
DEFAULT: none
DOC_START
	Usage:   reply_header_add field-name field-value [ acl ... ]
	Example: reply_header_add X-Client-CA "CA=%ssl::>cert_issuer" all

	This option adds header fields to outgoing HTTP responses (i.e., response
	headers delivered by Squid to the client). This option has no effect on
	cache hit detection. The equivalent adaptation vectoring point in
	ICAP terminology is post-cache RESPMOD. This option does not apply to
	successful CONNECT replies.

	Field-name is a token specifying an HTTP header name. If a
	standard HTTP header name is used, Squid does not check whether
	the new header conflicts with any existing headers or violates
	HTTP rules. If the response to be modified already contains a
	field with the same name, the old field is preserved but the
	header field values are not merged.

	Field-value is either a token or a quoted string. If quoted
	string format is used, then the surrounding quotes are removed
	while escape sequences and %macros are processed.

	One or more Squid ACLs may be specified to restrict header
	injection to matching responses. As always in squid.conf, all
	ACLs in the ACL list must be satisfied for the insertion to
	happen. The reply_header_add option supports fast ACLs only.

	See also: request_header_add.
DOC_END

NAME: note
TYPE: note
LOC: Config.notes
DEFAULT: none
DOC_START
	This option used to log custom information about the master
	transaction. For example, an admin may configure Squid to log
	which "user group" the transaction belongs to, where "user group"
	will be determined based on a set of ACLs and not [just]
	authentication information.
	Values of key/value pairs can be logged using %{key}note macros:

	    note key value acl ...
	    logformat myFormat ... %{key}note ...

	This clause only supports fast acl types.
	See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
DOC_END

NAME: relaxed_header_parser
COMMENT: on|off|warn
TYPE: tristate
LOC: Config.onoff.relaxed_header_parser
DEFAULT: on
DOC_START
	In the default "on" setting Squid accepts certain forms
	of non-compliant HTTP messages where it is unambiguous
	what the sending application intended even if the message
	is not correctly formatted. The messages is then normalized
	to the correct form when forwarded by Squid.

	If set to "warn" then a warning will be emitted in cache.log
	each time such HTTP error is encountered.

	If set to "off" then such HTTP errors will cause the request
	or response to be rejected.
DOC_END

NAME: collapsed_forwarding
COMMENT: (on|off)
TYPE: onoff
LOC: Config.onoff.collapsed_forwarding
DEFAULT: off
DOC_START
       This option controls whether Squid is allowed to merge multiple
       potentially cachable requests for the same URI before Squid knows
       whether the response is going to be cachable.

       When enabled, instead of forwarding each concurrent request for
       the same URL, Squid just sends the first of them. The other, so
       called "collapsed" requests, wait for the response to the first
       request and, if it happens to be cachable, use that response.
       Here, "concurrent requests" means "received after the first
       request headers were parsed and before the corresponding response
       headers were parsed".

       This feature is disabled by default: enabling collapsed
       forwarding needlessly delays forwarding requests that look
       cachable (when they are collapsed) but then need to be forwarded
       individually anyway because they end up being for uncachable
       content. However, in some cases, such as acceleration of highly
       cachable content with periodic or grouped expiration times, the
       gains from collapsing [large volumes of simultaneous refresh
       requests] outweigh losses from such delays.

       Squid collapses two kinds of requests: regular client requests
       received on one of the listening ports and internal "cache
       revalidation" requests which are triggered by those regular
       requests hitting a stale cached object. Revalidation collapsing
       is currently disabled for Squid instances containing SMP-aware
       disk or memory caches and for Vary-controlled cached objects.
DOC_END

NAME: collapsed_forwarding_access
TYPE: acl_access
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Requests may be collapsed if collapsed_forwarding is on.
LOC: Config.accessList.collapsedForwardingAccess
DOC_START
	Use this directive to restrict collapsed forwarding to a subset of
	eligible requests. The directive is checked for regular HTTP
	requests, internal revalidation requests, and HTCP/ICP requests.

		collapsed_forwarding_access allow|deny [!]aclname ...

	This directive cannot force collapsing. It has no effect on
	collapsing unless collapsed_forwarding is 'on', and all other
	collapsing preconditions are satisfied.

	* A denied request will not collapse, and future transactions will
	  not collapse on it (even if they are allowed to collapse).

	* An allowed request may collapse, or future transactions may
	  collapse on it (provided they are allowed to collapse).

	This directive is evaluated before receiving HTTP response headers
	and without access to Squid-to-peer connection (if any).

	Only fast ACLs are supported.

	See also: collapsed_forwarding.
DOC_END

NAME: shared_transient_entries_limit collapsed_forwarding_shared_entries_limit
COMMENT: (number of entries)
TYPE: int64_t
LOC: Config.shared_transient_entries_limit
DEFAULT: 16384
DOC_START
	This directive limits the size of a table used for sharing current
	transaction information among SMP workers. A table entry stores meta
	information about a single cache entry being delivered to Squid
	client(s) by one or more SMP workers. A single table entry consumes
	less than 128 shared memory bytes.

	The limit should be significantly larger than the number of
	concurrent non-collapsed cachable responses leaving Squid. For a
	cache that handles less than 5000 concurrent requests, the default
	setting of 16384 should be plenty.

	Using excessively large values wastes shared memory. Limiting the
	table size too much results in hash collisions, leading to lower hit
	ratio and missed SMP request collapsing opportunities: Transactions
	left without a table entry cannot cache their responses and are
	invisible to other concurrent requests for the same resource.

	A zero limit is allowed but unsupported. A positive small limit
	lowers hit ratio, but zero limit disables a lot of essential
	synchronization among SMP workers, leading to HTTP violations (e.g.,
	stale hit responses). It also disables shared collapsed forwarding:
	A worker becomes unable to collapse its requests on transactions in
	other workers, resulting in more trips to the origin server and more
	cache thrashing.
DOC_END

COMMENT_START
 TIMEOUTS
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: forward_timeout
COMMENT: time-units
TYPE: time_t
LOC: Config.Timeout.forward
DEFAULT: 4 minutes
DOC_START
	This parameter specifies how long Squid should at most attempt in
	finding a forwarding path for the request before giving up.
DOC_END

NAME: connect_timeout
COMMENT: time-units
TYPE: time_t
LOC: Config.Timeout.connect
DEFAULT: 1 minute
DOC_START
	This parameter specifies how long to wait for the TCP connect to
	the requested server or peer to complete before Squid should
	attempt to find another path where to forward the request.
DOC_END

NAME: peer_connect_timeout
COMMENT: time-units
TYPE: time_t
LOC: Config.Timeout.peer_connect
DEFAULT: 30 seconds
DOC_START
	This parameter specifies how long to wait for a pending TCP
	connection to a peer cache.  The default is 30 seconds.   You
	may also set different timeout values for individual neighbors
	with the 'connect-timeout' option on a 'cache_peer' line.
DOC_END

NAME: read_timeout
COMMENT: time-units
TYPE: time_t
LOC: Config.Timeout.read
DEFAULT: 15 minutes
DOC_START
	Applied on peer server connections.

	After each successful read(), the timeout will be extended by this
	amount.  If no data is read again after this amount of time,
	the request is aborted and logged with ERR_READ_TIMEOUT.

	The default is 15 minutes.
DOC_END

NAME: write_timeout
COMMENT: time-units
TYPE: time_t
LOC: Config.Timeout.write
DEFAULT: 15 minutes
DOC_START
	This timeout is tracked for all connections that have data
	available for writing and are waiting for the socket to become
	ready. After each successful write, the timeout is extended by
	the configured amount. If Squid has data to write but the
	connection is not ready for the configured duration, the
	transaction associated with the connection is terminated. The
	default is 15 minutes.
DOC_END

NAME: request_timeout
TYPE: time_t
LOC: Config.Timeout.request
DEFAULT: 5 minutes
DOC_START
	How long to wait for complete HTTP request headers after initial
	connection establishment.
DOC_END

NAME: request_start_timeout
TYPE: time_t
LOC: Config.Timeout.request_start_timeout
DEFAULT: 5 minutes
DOC_START
	How long to wait for the first request byte after initial
	connection establishment.
DOC_END

NAME: client_idle_pconn_timeout persistent_request_timeout
TYPE: time_t
LOC: Config.Timeout.clientIdlePconn
DEFAULT: 2 minutes
DOC_START
	How long to wait for the next HTTP request on a persistent
	client connection after the previous request completes.
DOC_END

NAME: ftp_client_idle_timeout
TYPE: time_t
LOC: Config.Timeout.ftpClientIdle
DEFAULT: 30 minutes
DOC_START
	How long to wait for an FTP request on a connection to Squid ftp_port.
	Many FTP clients do not deal with idle connection closures well,
	necessitating a longer default timeout than client_idle_pconn_timeout
	used for incoming HTTP requests.
DOC_END

NAME: client_lifetime
COMMENT: time-units
TYPE: time_t
LOC: Config.Timeout.lifetime
DEFAULT: 1 day
DOC_START
	The maximum amount of time a client (browser) is allowed to
	remain connected to the cache process.  This protects the Cache
	from having a lot of sockets (and hence file descriptors) tied up
	in a CLOSE_WAIT state from remote clients that go away without
	properly shutting down (either because of a network failure or
	because of a poor client implementation).  The default is one
	day, 1440 minutes.

	NOTE:  The default value is intended to be much larger than any
	client would ever need to be connected to your cache.  You
	should probably change client_lifetime only as a last resort.
	If you seem to have many client connections tying up
	filedescriptors, we recommend first tuning the read_timeout,
	request_timeout, persistent_request_timeout and quick_abort values.
DOC_END

NAME: pconn_lifetime
COMMENT: time-units
TYPE: time_t
LOC: Config.Timeout.pconnLifetime
DEFAULT: 0 seconds
DOC_START
	Desired maximum lifetime of a persistent connection.
	When set, Squid will close a now-idle persistent connection that
	exceeded configured lifetime instead of moving the connection into
	the idle connection pool (or equivalent). No effect on ongoing/active
	transactions. Connection lifetime is the time period from the
	connection acceptance or opening time until "now".
	
	This limit is useful in environments with long-lived connections
	where Squid configuration or environmental factors change during a
	single connection lifetime. If unrestricted, some connections may
	last for hours and even days, ignoring those changes that should
	have affected their behavior or their existence.
	
	Currently, a new lifetime value supplied via Squid reconfiguration
	has no effect on already idle connections unless they become busy.
	
	When set to '0' this limit is not used.
DOC_END

NAME: half_closed_clients
TYPE: onoff
LOC: Config.onoff.half_closed_clients
DEFAULT: off
DOC_START
	Some clients may shutdown the sending side of their TCP
	connections, while leaving their receiving sides open.	Sometimes,
	Squid can not tell the difference between a half-closed and a
	fully-closed TCP connection.

	By default, Squid will immediately close client connections when
	read(2) returns "no more data to read."

	Change this option to 'on' and Squid will keep open connections
	until a read(2) or write(2) on the socket returns an error.
	This may show some benefits for reverse proxies. But if not
	it is recommended to leave OFF.
DOC_END

NAME: server_idle_pconn_timeout pconn_timeout
TYPE: time_t
LOC: Config.Timeout.serverIdlePconn
DEFAULT: 1 minute
DOC_START
	Timeout for idle persistent connections to servers and other
	proxies.
DOC_END

NAME: ident_timeout
TYPE: time_t
IFDEF: USE_IDENT
LOC: Ident::TheConfig.timeout
DEFAULT: 10 seconds
DOC_START
	Maximum time to wait for IDENT lookups to complete.

	If this is too high, and you enabled IDENT lookups from untrusted
	users, you might be susceptible to denial-of-service by having
	many ident requests going at once.
DOC_END

NAME: shutdown_lifetime
COMMENT: time-units
TYPE: time_t
LOC: Config.shutdownLifetime
DEFAULT: 30 seconds
DOC_START
	When SIGTERM or SIGHUP is received, the cache is put into
	"shutdown pending" mode until all active sockets are closed.
	This value is the lifetime to set for all open descriptors
	during shutdown mode.  Any active clients after this many
	seconds will receive a 'timeout' message.
DOC_END

COMMENT_START
 ADMINISTRATIVE PARAMETERS
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: cache_mgr
TYPE: string
DEFAULT: webmaster
LOC: Config.adminEmail
DOC_START
	Email-address of local cache manager who will receive
	mail if the cache dies.  The default is "webmaster".
DOC_END

NAME: mail_from
TYPE: string
DEFAULT: none
LOC: Config.EmailFrom
DOC_START
	From: email-address for mail sent when the cache dies.
	The default is to use 'squid@unique_hostname'.

	See also: unique_hostname directive.
DOC_END

NAME: mail_program
TYPE: eol
DEFAULT: mail
LOC: Config.EmailProgram
DOC_START
	Email program used to send mail if the cache dies.
	The default is "mail". The specified program must comply
	with the standard Unix mail syntax:
	  mail-program recipient < mailfile

	Optional command line options can be specified.
DOC_END

NAME: cache_effective_user
TYPE: string
DEFAULT: @DEFAULT_CACHE_EFFECTIVE_USER@
LOC: Config.effectiveUser
DOC_START
	If you start Squid as root, it will change its effective/real
	UID/GID to the user specified below.  The default is to change
	to UID of @DEFAULT_CACHE_EFFECTIVE_USER@.
	see also; cache_effective_group
DOC_END

NAME: cache_effective_group
TYPE: string
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Use system group memberships of the cache_effective_user account
LOC: Config.effectiveGroup
DOC_START
	Squid sets the GID to the effective user's default group ID
	(taken from the password file) and supplementary group list
	from the groups membership.

	If you want Squid to run with a specific GID regardless of
	the group memberships of the effective user then set this
	to the group (or GID) you want Squid to run as. When set
	all other group privileges of the effective user are ignored
	and only this GID is effective. If Squid is not started as
	root the user starting Squid MUST be member of the specified
	group.

	This option is not recommended by the Squid Team.
	Our preference is for administrators to configure a secure
	user account for squid with UID/GID matching system policies.
DOC_END

NAME: httpd_suppress_version_string
COMMENT: on|off
TYPE: onoff
DEFAULT: off
LOC: Config.onoff.httpd_suppress_version_string
DOC_START
	Suppress Squid version string info in HTTP headers and HTML error pages.
DOC_END

NAME: visible_hostname
TYPE: string
LOC: Config.visibleHostname
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Automatically detect the system host name
DOC_START
	If you want to present a special hostname in error messages, etc,
	define this.  Otherwise, the return value of gethostname()
	will be used. If you have multiple caches in a cluster and
	get errors about IP-forwarding you must set them to have individual
	names with this setting.
DOC_END

NAME: unique_hostname
TYPE: string
LOC: Config.uniqueHostname
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Copy the value from visible_hostname
DOC_START
	If you want to have multiple machines with the same
	'visible_hostname' you must give each machine a different
	'unique_hostname' so forwarding loops can be detected.
DOC_END

NAME: hostname_aliases
TYPE: wordlist
LOC: Config.hostnameAliases
DEFAULT: none
DOC_START
	A list of other DNS names your cache has.
DOC_END

NAME: umask
TYPE: int
LOC: Config.umask
DEFAULT: 027
DOC_START
	Minimum umask which should be enforced while the proxy
	is running, in addition to the umask set at startup.

	For a traditional octal representation of umasks, start
        your value with 0.
DOC_END

COMMENT_START
 OPTIONS FOR THE CACHE REGISTRATION SERVICE
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

	This section contains parameters for the (optional) cache
	announcement service.  This service is provided to help
	cache administrators locate one another in order to join or
	create cache hierarchies.

	An 'announcement' message is sent (via UDP) to the registration
	service by Squid.  By default, the announcement message is NOT
	SENT unless you enable it with 'announce_period' below.

	The announcement message includes your hostname, plus the
	following information from this configuration file:

		http_port
		icp_port
		cache_mgr

	All current information is processed regularly and made
	available on the Web at http://www.ircache.net/Cache/Tracker/.
COMMENT_END

NAME: announce_period
TYPE: time_t
LOC: Config.Announce.period
DEFAULT: 0
DEFAULT_DOC: Announcement messages disabled.
DOC_START
	This is how frequently to send cache announcements.

	To enable announcing your cache, just set an announce period.

	Example:
		announce_period 1 day
DOC_END

NAME: announce_host
TYPE: string
DEFAULT: tracker.ircache.net
LOC: Config.Announce.host
DOC_START
	Set the hostname where announce registration messages will be sent.

	See also announce_port and announce_file
DOC_END

NAME: announce_file
TYPE: string
DEFAULT: none
LOC: Config.Announce.file
DOC_START
	The contents of this file will be included in the announce
	registration messages.
DOC_END

NAME: announce_port
TYPE: u_short
DEFAULT: 3131
LOC: Config.Announce.port
DOC_START
	Set the port where announce registration messages will be sent.

	See also announce_host and announce_file
DOC_END

COMMENT_START
 HTTPD-ACCELERATOR OPTIONS
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: httpd_accel_surrogate_id
TYPE:  string
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: visible_hostname is used if no specific ID is set.
LOC: Config.Accel.surrogate_id
DOC_START
	Surrogates (http://www.esi.org/architecture_spec_1.0.html)
	need an identification token to allow control targeting. Because
	a farm of surrogates may all perform the same tasks, they may share
	an identification token.

	When the surrogate is a reverse-proxy, this ID is also
	used as cdn-id for CDN-Loop detection (RFC 8586).
DOC_END

NAME: http_accel_surrogate_remote
COMMENT: on|off
TYPE: onoff
DEFAULT: off
LOC: Config.onoff.surrogate_is_remote
DOC_START
	Remote surrogates (such as those in a CDN) honour the header
	"Surrogate-Control: no-store-remote".

	Set this to on to have squid behave as a remote surrogate.
DOC_END

NAME: esi_parser
IFDEF: USE_SQUID_ESI
COMMENT: libxml2|expat
TYPE: string
LOC: ESIParser::Type
DEFAULT: auto
DEFAULT_DOC: Selects libxml2 if available at ./configure time or libexpat otherwise.
DOC_START
	Selects the XML parsing library to use when interpreting responses with
	Edge Side Includes.

	To disable ESI handling completely, ./configure Squid with --disable-esi.
DOC_END

COMMENT_START
 DELAY POOL PARAMETERS
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: delay_pools
TYPE: delay_pool_count
DEFAULT: 0
IFDEF: USE_DELAY_POOLS
LOC: Config.Delay
DOC_START
	This represents the number of delay pools to be used.  For example,
	if you have one class 2 delay pool and one class 3 delays pool, you
	have a total of 2 delay pools.

	See also delay_parameters, delay_class, delay_access for pool
	configuration details.
DOC_END

NAME: delay_class
TYPE: delay_pool_class
DEFAULT: none
IFDEF: USE_DELAY_POOLS
LOC: Config.Delay
DOC_START
	This defines the class of each delay pool.  There must be exactly one
	delay_class line for each delay pool.  For example, to define two
	delay pools, one of class 2 and one of class 3, the settings above
	and here would be:

	Example:
	    delay_pools 4      # 4 delay pools
	    delay_class 1 2    # pool 1 is a class 2 pool
	    delay_class 2 3    # pool 2 is a class 3 pool
	    delay_class 3 4    # pool 3 is a class 4 pool
	    delay_class 4 5    # pool 4 is a class 5 pool

	The delay pool classes are:

		class 1		Everything is limited by a single aggregate
				bucket.

		class 2 	Everything is limited by a single aggregate
				bucket as well as an "individual" bucket chosen
				from bits 25 through 32 of the IPv4 address.

		class 3		Everything is limited by a single aggregate
				bucket as well as a "network" bucket chosen
				from bits 17 through 24 of the IP address and a
				"individual" bucket chosen from bits 17 through
				32 of the IPv4 address.

		class 4		Everything in a class 3 delay pool, with an
				additional limit on a per user basis. This
				only takes effect if the username is established
				in advance - by forcing authentication in your
				http_access rules.

		class 5		Requests are grouped according their tag (see
				external_acl's tag= reply).


	Each pool also requires a delay_parameters directive to configure the pool size
	and speed limits used whenever the pool is applied to a request. Along with
	a set of delay_access directives to determine when it is used.

	NOTE: If an IP address is a.b.c.d
		-> bits 25 through 32 are "d"
		-> bits 17 through 24 are "c"
		-> bits 17 through 32 are "c * 256 + d"

	NOTE-2: Due to the use of bitmasks in class 2,3,4 pools they only apply to
		IPv4 traffic. Class 1 and 5 pools may be used with IPv6 traffic.

	This clause only supports fast acl types.
	See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.

	See also delay_parameters and delay_access.
DOC_END

NAME: delay_access
TYPE: delay_pool_access
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Deny using the pool, unless allow rules exist in squid.conf for the pool.
IFDEF: USE_DELAY_POOLS
LOC: Config.Delay
DOC_START
	This is used to determine which delay pool a request falls into.

	delay_access is sorted per pool and the matching starts with pool 1,
	then pool 2, ..., and finally pool N. The first delay pool where the
	request is allowed is selected for the request. If it does not allow
	the request to any pool then the request is not delayed (default).

	For example, if you want some_big_clients in delay
	pool 1 and lotsa_little_clients in delay pool 2:

		delay_access 1 allow some_big_clients
		delay_access 1 deny all
		delay_access 2 allow lotsa_little_clients
		delay_access 2 deny all
		delay_access 3 allow authenticated_clients

	See also delay_parameters and delay_class.

DOC_END

NAME: delay_parameters
TYPE: delay_pool_rates
DEFAULT: none
IFDEF: USE_DELAY_POOLS
LOC: Config.Delay
DOC_START
	This defines the parameters for a delay pool.  Each delay pool has
	a number of "buckets" associated with it, as explained in the
	description of delay_class.

	For a class 1 delay pool, the syntax is:
		delay_class pool 1
		delay_parameters pool aggregate

	For a class 2 delay pool:
		delay_class pool 2
		delay_parameters pool aggregate individual

	For a class 3 delay pool:
		delay_class pool 3
		delay_parameters pool aggregate network individual

	For a class 4 delay pool:
		delay_class pool 4
		delay_parameters pool aggregate network individual user

	For a class 5 delay pool:
		delay_class pool 5
		delay_parameters pool tagrate

	The option variables are:

		pool		a pool number - ie, a number between 1 and the
				number specified in delay_pools as used in
				delay_class lines.

		aggregate	the speed limit parameters for the aggregate bucket
				(class 1, 2, 3).

		individual	the speed limit parameters for the individual
				buckets (class 2, 3).

		network		the speed limit parameters for the network buckets
				(class 3).

		user		the speed limit parameters for the user buckets
				(class 4).

		tagrate		the speed limit parameters for the tag buckets
				(class 5).

	A pair of delay parameters is written restore/maximum, where restore is
	the number of bytes (not bits - modem and network speeds are usually
	quoted in bits) per second placed into the bucket, and maximum is the
	maximum number of bytes which can be in the bucket at any time.

	There must be one delay_parameters line for each delay pool.


	For example, if delay pool number 1 is a class 2 delay pool as in the
	above example, and is being used to strictly limit each host to 64Kbit/sec
	(plus overheads), with no overall limit, the line is:

		delay_parameters 1 none 8000/8000

	Note that 8 x 8K Byte/sec -> 64K bit/sec.

	Note that the word 'none' is used to represent no limit.


	And, if delay pool number 2 is a class 3 delay pool as in the above
	example, and you want to limit it to a total of 256Kbit/sec (strict limit)
	with each 8-bit network permitted 64Kbit/sec (strict limit) and each
	individual host permitted 4800bit/sec with a bucket maximum size of 64Kbits
	to permit a decent web page to be downloaded at a decent speed
	(if the network is not being limited due to overuse) but slow down
	large downloads more significantly:

		delay_parameters 2 32000/32000 8000/8000 600/8000

	Note that 8 x  32K Byte/sec ->  256K bit/sec.
		  8 x   8K Byte/sec ->   64K bit/sec.
		  8 x 600  Byte/sec -> 4800  bit/sec.


	Finally, for a class 4 delay pool as in the example - each user will
	be limited to 128Kbits/sec no matter how many workstations they are logged into.:

		delay_parameters 4 32000/32000 8000/8000 600/64000 16000/16000


	See also delay_class and delay_access.

DOC_END

NAME: delay_initial_bucket_level
COMMENT: (percent, 0-100)
TYPE: u_short
DEFAULT: 50
IFDEF: USE_DELAY_POOLS
LOC: Config.Delay.initial
DOC_START
	The initial bucket percentage is used to determine how much is put
	in each bucket when squid starts, is reconfigured, or first notices
	a host accessing it (in class 2 and class 3, individual hosts and
	networks only have buckets associated with them once they have been
	"seen" by squid).
DOC_END

COMMENT_START
 CLIENT DELAY POOL PARAMETERS
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: client_delay_pools
TYPE: client_delay_pool_count
DEFAULT: 0
IFDEF: USE_DELAY_POOLS
LOC: Config.ClientDelay
DOC_START
	This option specifies the number of client delay pools used. It must
	preceed other client_delay_* options.

	Example:
		client_delay_pools 2

	See also client_delay_parameters and client_delay_access.
DOC_END

NAME: client_delay_initial_bucket_level
COMMENT: (percent, 0-no_limit)
TYPE: u_short
DEFAULT: 50
IFDEF: USE_DELAY_POOLS
LOC: Config.ClientDelay.initial
DOC_START
	This option determines the initial bucket size as a percentage of
	max_bucket_size from client_delay_parameters. Buckets are created
	at the time of the "first" connection from the matching IP. Idle
	buckets are periodically deleted up.

	You can specify more than 100 percent but note that such "oversized"
	buckets are not refilled until their size goes down to max_bucket_size
	from client_delay_parameters.

	Example:
		client_delay_initial_bucket_level 50
DOC_END

NAME: client_delay_parameters
TYPE: client_delay_pool_rates
DEFAULT: none
IFDEF: USE_DELAY_POOLS
LOC: Config.ClientDelay
DOC_START

	This option configures client-side bandwidth limits using the
	following format:

	    client_delay_parameters pool speed_limit max_bucket_size

	pool is an integer ID used for client_delay_access matching.

	speed_limit is bytes added to the bucket per second.

	max_bucket_size is the maximum size of a bucket, enforced after any
	speed_limit additions.

	Please see the delay_parameters option for more information and
	examples.

	Example:
		client_delay_parameters 1 1024 2048
		client_delay_parameters 2 51200 16384

	See also client_delay_access.

DOC_END

NAME: client_delay_access
TYPE: client_delay_pool_access
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Deny use of the pool, unless allow rules exist in squid.conf for the pool.
IFDEF: USE_DELAY_POOLS
LOC: Config.ClientDelay
DOC_START
	This option determines the client-side delay pool for the
	request:

	    client_delay_access pool_ID allow|deny acl_name

	All client_delay_access options are checked in their pool ID
	order, starting with pool 1. The first checked pool with allowed
	request is selected for the request. If no ACL matches or there
	are no client_delay_access options, the request bandwidth is not
	limited.

	The ACL-selected pool is then used to find the
	client_delay_parameters for the request. Client-side pools are
	not used to aggregate clients. Clients are always aggregated
	based on their source IP addresses (one bucket per source IP).

	This clause only supports fast acl types.
	See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
	Additionally, only the client TCP connection details are available.
	ACLs testing HTTP properties will not work.

	Please see delay_access for more examples.

	Example:
		client_delay_access 1 allow low_rate_network
		client_delay_access 2 allow vips_network


	See also client_delay_parameters and client_delay_pools.
DOC_END

NAME: response_delay_pool
TYPE: response_delay_pool_parameters
DEFAULT: none
IFDEF: USE_DELAY_POOLS
LOC: Config.MessageDelay
DOC_START
	This option configures client response bandwidth limits using the
	following format:

	response_delay_pool name [option=value] ...

	name	the response delay pool name

	available options:

		individual-restore	The speed limit of an individual
					bucket(bytes/s). To be used in conjunction
					with 'individual-maximum'.

		individual-maximum	The maximum number of bytes which can
					be placed into the individual bucket. To be used
					in conjunction with 'individual-restore'.

		aggregate-restore	The speed limit for the aggregate
					bucket(bytes/s). To be used in conjunction with
					'aggregate-maximum'.

		aggregate-maximum	The maximum number of bytes which can
	   				be placed into the aggregate bucket. To be used
					in conjunction with 'aggregate-restore'.

		initial-bucket-level	The initial bucket size as a percentage
					of individual-maximum.

	Individual and(or) aggregate bucket options may not be specified,
   	meaning no individual and(or) aggregate speed limitation.
	See also response_delay_pool_access and delay_parameters for
	terminology details.
DOC_END

NAME: response_delay_pool_access
TYPE: response_delay_pool_access
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Deny use of the pool, unless allow rules exist in squid.conf for the pool.
IFDEF: USE_DELAY_POOLS
LOC: Config.MessageDelay
DOC_START
	Determines whether a specific named response delay pool is used
	for the transaction. The syntax for this directive is:

	response_delay_pool_access pool_name allow|deny acl_name

	All response_delay_pool_access options are checked in the order
	they appear in this configuration file. The first rule with a
	matching ACL wins. If (and only if) an "allow" rule won, Squid
	assigns the response to the corresponding named delay pool.
DOC_END

COMMENT_START
 WCCPv1 AND WCCPv2 CONFIGURATION OPTIONS
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: wccp_router
TYPE: address
LOC: Config.Wccp.router
DEFAULT: any_addr
DEFAULT_DOC: WCCP disabled.
IFDEF: USE_WCCP
DOC_START
	Use this option to define your WCCP ``home'' router for
	Squid.

	wccp_router supports a single WCCP(v1) router

	wccp2_router supports multiple WCCPv2 routers

	only one of the two may be used at the same time and defines
	which version of WCCP to use.
DOC_END

NAME: wccp2_router
TYPE: IpAddress_list
LOC: Config.Wccp2.router
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: WCCPv2 disabled.
IFDEF: USE_WCCPv2
DOC_START
	Use this option to define your WCCP ``home'' router for
	Squid.

	wccp_router supports a single WCCP(v1) router

	wccp2_router supports multiple WCCPv2 routers

	only one of the two may be used at the same time and defines
	which version of WCCP to use.
DOC_END

NAME: wccp_version
TYPE: int
LOC: Config.Wccp.version
DEFAULT: 4
IFDEF: USE_WCCP
DOC_START
	This directive is only relevant if you need to set up WCCP(v1)
	to some very old and end-of-life Cisco routers. In all other
	setups it must be left unset or at the default setting.
	It defines an internal version in the WCCP(v1) protocol,
	with version 4 being the officially documented protocol.

	According to some users, Cisco IOS 11.2 and earlier only
	support WCCP version 3.  If you're using that or an earlier
	version of IOS, you may need to change this value to 3, otherwise
	do not specify this parameter.
DOC_END

NAME: wccp2_rebuild_wait
TYPE: onoff
LOC: Config.Wccp2.rebuildwait
DEFAULT: on
IFDEF: USE_WCCPv2
DOC_START
	If this is enabled Squid will wait for the cache dir rebuild to finish
	before sending the first wccp2 HereIAm packet
DOC_END

NAME: wccp2_forwarding_method
TYPE: wccp2_method
LOC: Config.Wccp2.forwarding_method
DEFAULT: gre
IFDEF: USE_WCCPv2
DOC_START
	WCCP2 allows the setting of forwarding methods between the
	router/switch and the cache.  Valid values are as follows:

	gre - GRE encapsulation (forward the packet in a GRE/WCCP tunnel)
	l2  - L2 redirect (forward the packet using Layer 2/MAC rewriting)

	Currently (as of IOS 12.4) cisco routers only support GRE.
	Cisco switches only support the L2 redirect assignment method.
DOC_END

NAME: wccp2_return_method
TYPE: wccp2_method
LOC: Config.Wccp2.return_method
DEFAULT: gre
IFDEF: USE_WCCPv2
DOC_START
	WCCP2 allows the setting of return methods between the
	router/switch and the cache for packets that the cache
	decides not to handle.  Valid values are as follows:

	gre - GRE encapsulation (forward the packet in a GRE/WCCP tunnel)
	l2  - L2 redirect (forward the packet using Layer 2/MAC rewriting)

	Currently (as of IOS 12.4) cisco routers only support GRE.
	Cisco switches only support the L2 redirect assignment.

	If the "ip wccp redirect exclude in" command has been
	enabled on the cache interface, then it is still safe for
	the proxy server to use a l2 redirect method even if this
	option is set to GRE.
DOC_END

NAME: wccp2_assignment_method
TYPE: wccp2_amethod
LOC: Config.Wccp2.assignment_method
DEFAULT: hash
IFDEF: USE_WCCPv2
DOC_START
	WCCP2 allows the setting of methods to assign the WCCP hash
	Valid values are as follows:

	hash - Hash assignment
	mask - Mask assignment

	As a general rule, cisco routers support the hash assignment method
	and cisco switches support the mask assignment method.
DOC_END

NAME: wccp2_service
TYPE: wccp2_service
LOC: Config.Wccp2.info
DEFAULT_IF_NONE: standard 0
DEFAULT_DOC: Use the 'web-cache' standard service.
IFDEF: USE_WCCPv2
DOC_START
	WCCP2 allows for multiple traffic services. There are two
	types: "standard" and "dynamic". The standard type defines
	one service id - http (id 0). The dynamic service ids can be from
	51 to 255 inclusive.  In order to use a dynamic service id
	one must define the type of traffic to be redirected; this is done
	using the wccp2_service_info option.

	The "standard" type does not require a wccp2_service_info option,
	just specifying the service id will suffice.

	MD5 service authentication can be enabled by adding
	"password=<password>" to the end of this service declaration.

	Examples:

	wccp2_service standard 0	# for the 'web-cache' standard service
	wccp2_service dynamic 80	# a dynamic service type which will be
					# fleshed out with subsequent options.
	wccp2_service standard 0 password=foo
DOC_END

NAME: wccp2_service_info
TYPE: wccp2_service_info
LOC: Config.Wccp2.info
DEFAULT: none
IFDEF: USE_WCCPv2
DOC_START
	Dynamic WCCPv2 services require further information to define the
	traffic you wish to have diverted.

	The format is:

	wccp2_service_info <id> protocol=<protocol> flags=<flag>,<flag>..
	    priority=<priority> ports=<port>,<port>..

	The relevant WCCPv2 flags:
	+ src_ip_hash, dst_ip_hash
	+ source_port_hash, dst_port_hash
	+ src_ip_alt_hash, dst_ip_alt_hash
	+ src_port_alt_hash, dst_port_alt_hash
	+ ports_source

	The port list can be one to eight entries.

	Example:

	wccp2_service_info 80 protocol=tcp flags=src_ip_hash,ports_source
	    priority=240 ports=80

	Note: the service id must have been defined by a previous
	'wccp2_service dynamic <id>' entry.
DOC_END

NAME: wccp2_weight
TYPE: int
LOC: Config.Wccp2.weight
DEFAULT: 10000
IFDEF: USE_WCCPv2
DOC_START
	Each cache server gets assigned a set of the destination
	hash proportional to their weight.
DOC_END

NAME: wccp_address
TYPE: address
LOC: Config.Wccp.address
DEFAULT: 0.0.0.0
DEFAULT_DOC: Address selected by the operating system.
IFDEF: USE_WCCP
DOC_START
	Use this option if you require WCCP(v1) to use a specific
	interface address.

	The default behavior is to not bind to any specific address.
DOC_END

NAME: wccp2_address
TYPE: address
LOC: Config.Wccp2.address
DEFAULT: 0.0.0.0
DEFAULT_DOC: Address selected by the operating system.
IFDEF: USE_WCCPv2
DOC_START
	Use this option if you require WCCPv2 to use a specific
	interface address.

	The default behavior is to not bind to any specific address.
DOC_END

COMMENT_START
 PERSISTENT CONNECTION HANDLING
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

 Also see "pconn_timeout" in the TIMEOUTS section
COMMENT_END

NAME: client_persistent_connections
TYPE: onoff
LOC: Config.onoff.client_pconns
DEFAULT: on
DOC_START
	Persistent connection support for clients.
	Squid uses persistent connections (when allowed). You can use
	this option to disable persistent connections with clients.
DOC_END

NAME: server_persistent_connections
TYPE: onoff
LOC: Config.onoff.server_pconns
DEFAULT: on
DOC_START
	Persistent connection support for servers.
	Squid uses persistent connections (when allowed). You can use
	this option to disable persistent connections with servers.
DOC_END

NAME: persistent_connection_after_error
TYPE: onoff
LOC: Config.onoff.error_pconns
DEFAULT: on
DOC_START
	With this directive the use of persistent connections after
	HTTP errors can be disabled. Useful if you have clients
	who fail to handle errors on persistent connections proper.
DOC_END

NAME: detect_broken_pconn
TYPE: onoff
LOC: Config.onoff.detect_broken_server_pconns
DEFAULT: off
DOC_START
	Some servers have been found to incorrectly signal the use
	of HTTP/1.0 persistent connections even on replies not
	compatible, causing significant delays. This server problem
	has mostly been seen on redirects.

	By enabling this directive Squid attempts to detect such
	broken replies and automatically assume the reply is finished
	after 10 seconds timeout.
DOC_END

COMMENT_START
 CACHE DIGEST OPTIONS
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: digest_generation
IFDEF: USE_CACHE_DIGESTS
TYPE: onoff
LOC: Config.onoff.digest_generation
DEFAULT: on
DOC_START
	This controls whether the server will generate a Cache Digest
	of its contents.  By default, Cache Digest generation is
	enabled if Squid is compiled with --enable-cache-digests defined.
DOC_END

NAME: digest_bits_per_entry
IFDEF: USE_CACHE_DIGESTS
TYPE: int
LOC: Config.digest.bits_per_entry
DEFAULT: 5
DOC_START
	This is the number of bits of the server's Cache Digest which
	will be associated with the Digest entry for a given HTTP
	Method and URL (public key) combination.  The default is 5.
DOC_END

NAME: digest_rebuild_period
IFDEF: USE_CACHE_DIGESTS
COMMENT: (seconds)
TYPE: time_t
LOC: Config.digest.rebuild_period
DEFAULT: 1 hour
DOC_START
	This is the wait time between Cache Digest rebuilds.
DOC_END

NAME: digest_rewrite_period
COMMENT: (seconds)
IFDEF: USE_CACHE_DIGESTS
TYPE: time_t
LOC: Config.digest.rewrite_period
DEFAULT: 1 hour
DOC_START
	This is the wait time between Cache Digest writes to
	disk.
DOC_END

NAME: digest_swapout_chunk_size
COMMENT: (bytes)
TYPE: b_size_t
IFDEF: USE_CACHE_DIGESTS
LOC: Config.digest.swapout_chunk_size
DEFAULT: 4096 bytes
DOC_START
	This is the number of bytes of the Cache Digest to write to
	disk at a time.  It defaults to 4096 bytes (4KB), the Squid
	default swap page.
DOC_END

NAME: digest_rebuild_chunk_percentage
COMMENT: (percent, 0-100)
IFDEF: USE_CACHE_DIGESTS
TYPE: int
LOC: Config.digest.rebuild_chunk_percentage
DEFAULT: 10
DOC_START
	This is the percentage of the Cache Digest to be scanned at a
	time.  By default it is set to 10% of the Cache Digest.
DOC_END

COMMENT_START
 SNMP OPTIONS
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: snmp_port
TYPE: u_short
LOC: Config.Port.snmp
DEFAULT: 0
DEFAULT_DOC: SNMP disabled.
IFDEF: SQUID_SNMP
DOC_START
	The port number where Squid listens for SNMP requests. To enable
	SNMP support set this to a suitable port number. Port number
	3401 is often used for the Squid SNMP agent. By default it's
	set to "0" (disabled)

	Example:
		snmp_port 3401
DOC_END

NAME: snmp_access
TYPE: acl_access
LOC: Config.accessList.snmp
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Deny, unless rules exist in squid.conf.
IFDEF: SQUID_SNMP
DOC_START
	Allowing or denying access to the SNMP port.

	All access to the agent is denied by default.
	usage:

	snmp_access allow|deny [!]aclname ...

	This clause only supports fast acl types.
	See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.

Example:
 snmp_access allow snmppublic localhost
 snmp_access deny all
DOC_END

NAME: snmp_incoming_address
TYPE: address
LOC: Config.Addrs.snmp_incoming
DEFAULT: any_addr
DEFAULT_DOC: Accept SNMP packets from all machine interfaces.
IFDEF: SQUID_SNMP
DOC_START
	Just like 'udp_incoming_address', but for the SNMP port.

	snmp_incoming_address	is used for the SNMP socket receiving
				messages from SNMP agents.

	The default snmp_incoming_address is to listen on all
	available network interfaces.
DOC_END

NAME: snmp_outgoing_address
TYPE: address
LOC: Config.Addrs.snmp_outgoing
DEFAULT: no_addr
DEFAULT_DOC: Use snmp_incoming_address or an address selected by the operating system.
IFDEF: SQUID_SNMP
DOC_START
	Just like 'udp_outgoing_address', but for the SNMP port.

	snmp_outgoing_address	is used for SNMP packets returned to SNMP
				agents.

	If snmp_outgoing_address is not set it will use the same socket
	as snmp_incoming_address. Only change this if you want to have
	SNMP replies sent using another address than where this Squid
	listens for SNMP queries.

	NOTE, snmp_incoming_address and snmp_outgoing_address can not have
	the same value since they both use the same port.
DOC_END

COMMENT_START
 ICP OPTIONS
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: icp_port udp_port
TYPE: u_short
DEFAULT: 0
DEFAULT_DOC: ICP disabled.
LOC: Config.Port.icp
DOC_START
	The port number where Squid sends and receives ICP queries to
	and from neighbor caches.  The standard UDP port for ICP is 3130.

	Example:
		icp_port @DEFAULT_ICP_PORT@
DOC_END

NAME: htcp_port
IFDEF: USE_HTCP
TYPE: u_short
DEFAULT: 0
DEFAULT_DOC: HTCP disabled.
LOC: Config.Port.htcp
DOC_START
	The port number where Squid sends and receives HTCP queries to
	and from neighbor caches.  To turn it on you want to set it to
	4827.

	Example:
		htcp_port 4827
DOC_END

NAME: log_icp_queries
COMMENT: on|off
TYPE: onoff
DEFAULT: on
LOC: Config.onoff.log_udp
DOC_START
	If set, ICP queries are logged to access.log. You may wish
	do disable this if your ICP load is VERY high to speed things
	up or to simplify log analysis.
DOC_END

NAME: udp_incoming_address
TYPE: address
LOC:Config.Addrs.udp_incoming
DEFAULT: any_addr
DEFAULT_DOC: Accept packets from all machine interfaces.
DOC_START
	udp_incoming_address	is used for UDP packets received from other
				caches.

	The default behavior is to not bind to any specific address.

	Only change this if you want to have all UDP queries received on
	a specific interface/address.

	NOTE: udp_incoming_address is used by the ICP, HTCP, and DNS
	modules. Altering it will affect all of them in the same manner.

	see also; udp_outgoing_address

	NOTE, udp_incoming_address and udp_outgoing_address can not
	have the same value since they both use the same port.
DOC_END

NAME: udp_outgoing_address
TYPE: address
LOC: Config.Addrs.udp_outgoing
DEFAULT: no_addr
DEFAULT_DOC: Use udp_incoming_address or an address selected by the operating system.
DOC_START
	udp_outgoing_address	is used for UDP packets sent out to other
				caches.

	The default behavior is to not bind to any specific address.

	Instead it will use the same socket as udp_incoming_address.
	Only change this if you want to have UDP queries sent using another
	address than where this Squid listens for UDP queries from other
	caches.

	NOTE: udp_outgoing_address is used by the ICP, HTCP, and DNS
	modules. Altering it will affect all of them in the same manner.

	see also; udp_incoming_address

	NOTE, udp_incoming_address and udp_outgoing_address can not
	have the same value since they both use the same port.
DOC_END

NAME: icp_hit_stale
COMMENT: on|off
TYPE: onoff
DEFAULT: off
LOC: Config.onoff.icp_hit_stale
DOC_START
	If you want to return ICP_HIT for stale cache objects, set this
	option to 'on'.  If you have sibling relationships with caches
	in other administrative domains, this should be 'off'.  If you only
	have sibling relationships with caches under your control,
	it is probably okay to set this to 'on'.
	If set to 'on', your siblings should use the option "allow-miss"
	on their cache_peer lines for connecting to you.
DOC_END

NAME: minimum_direct_hops
TYPE: int
DEFAULT: 4
LOC: Config.minDirectHops
DOC_START
	If using the ICMP pinging stuff, do direct fetches for sites
	which are no more than this many hops away.
DOC_END

NAME: minimum_direct_rtt
COMMENT: (msec)
TYPE: int
DEFAULT: 400
LOC: Config.minDirectRtt
DOC_START
	If using the ICMP pinging stuff, do direct fetches for sites
	which are no more than this many rtt milliseconds away.
DOC_END

NAME: netdb_low
TYPE: int
DEFAULT: 900
LOC: Config.Netdb.low
DOC_START
	The low water mark for the ICMP measurement database.

	Note: high watermark controlled by netdb_high directive.

	These watermarks are counts, not percents.  The defaults are
	(low) 900 and (high) 1000.  When the high water mark is
	reached, database entries will be deleted until the low
	mark is reached.
DOC_END

NAME: netdb_high
TYPE: int
DEFAULT: 1000
LOC: Config.Netdb.high
DOC_START
	The high water mark for the ICMP measurement database.

	Note: low watermark controlled by netdb_low directive.

	These watermarks are counts, not percents.  The defaults are
	(low) 900 and (high) 1000.  When the high water mark is
	reached, database entries will be deleted until the low
	mark is reached.
DOC_END

NAME: netdb_ping_period
TYPE: time_t
LOC: Config.Netdb.period
DEFAULT: 5 minutes
DOC_START
	The minimum period for measuring a site.  There will be at
	least this much delay between successive pings to the same
	network.  The default is five minutes.
DOC_END

NAME: query_icmp
COMMENT: on|off
TYPE: onoff
DEFAULT: off
LOC: Config.onoff.query_icmp
DOC_START
	If you want to ask your peers to include ICMP data in their ICP
	replies, enable this option.

	If your peer has configured Squid (during compilation) with
	'--enable-icmp' that peer will send ICMP pings to origin server
	sites of the URLs it receives.  If you enable this option the
	ICP replies from that peer will include the ICMP data (if available).
	Then, when choosing a parent cache, Squid will choose the parent with
	the minimal RTT to the origin server.  When this happens, the
	hierarchy field of the access.log will be
	"CLOSEST_PARENT_MISS".  This option is off by default.
DOC_END

NAME: test_reachability
COMMENT: on|off
TYPE: onoff
DEFAULT: off
LOC: Config.onoff.test_reachability
DOC_START
	When this is 'on', ICP MISS replies will be ICP_MISS_NOFETCH
	instead of ICP_MISS if the target host is NOT in the ICMP
	database, or has a zero RTT.
DOC_END

NAME: icp_query_timeout
COMMENT: (msec)
DEFAULT: 0
DEFAULT_DOC: Dynamic detection.
TYPE: int
LOC: Config.Timeout.icp_query
DOC_START
	Normally Squid will automatically determine an optimal ICP
	query timeout value based on the round-trip-time of recent ICP
	queries.  If you want to override the value determined by
	Squid, set this 'icp_query_timeout' to a non-zero value.  This
	value is specified in MILLISECONDS, so, to use a 2-second
	timeout (the old default), you would write:

		icp_query_timeout 2000
DOC_END

NAME: maximum_icp_query_timeout
COMMENT: (msec)
DEFAULT: 2000
TYPE: int
LOC: Config.Timeout.icp_query_max
DOC_START
	Normally the ICP query timeout is determined dynamically.  But
	sometimes it can lead to very large values (say 5 seconds).
	Use this option to put an upper limit on the dynamic timeout
	value.  Do NOT use this option to always use a fixed (instead
	of a dynamic) timeout value. To set a fixed timeout see the
	'icp_query_timeout' directive.
DOC_END

NAME: minimum_icp_query_timeout
COMMENT: (msec)
DEFAULT: 5
TYPE: int
LOC: Config.Timeout.icp_query_min
DOC_START
	Normally the ICP query timeout is determined dynamically.  But
	sometimes it can lead to very small timeouts, even lower than
	the normal latency variance on your link due to traffic.
	Use this option to put an lower limit on the dynamic timeout
	value.  Do NOT use this option to always use a fixed (instead
	of a dynamic) timeout value. To set a fixed timeout see the
	'icp_query_timeout' directive.
DOC_END

NAME: background_ping_rate
COMMENT: time-units
TYPE: time_t
DEFAULT: 10 seconds
LOC: Config.backgroundPingRate
DOC_START
	Controls how often the ICP pings are sent to siblings that
	have background-ping set.
DOC_END

COMMENT_START
 MULTICAST ICP OPTIONS
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: mcast_groups
TYPE: wordlist
LOC: Config.mcast_group_list
DEFAULT: none
DOC_START
	This tag specifies a list of multicast groups which your server
	should join to receive multicasted ICP queries.

	NOTE!  Be very careful what you put here!  Be sure you
	understand the difference between an ICP _query_ and an ICP
	_reply_.  This option is to be set only if you want to RECEIVE
	multicast queries.  Do NOT set this option to SEND multicast
	ICP (use cache_peer for that).  ICP replies are always sent via
	unicast, so this option does not affect whether or not you will
	receive replies from multicast group members.

	You must be very careful to NOT use a multicast address which
	is already in use by another group of caches.

	If you are unsure about multicast, please read the Multicast
	chapter in the Squid FAQ (http://www.squid-cache.org/FAQ/).

	Usage: mcast_groups 239.128.16.128 224.0.1.20

	By default, Squid doesn't listen on any multicast groups.
DOC_END

NAME: mcast_miss_addr
IFDEF: MULTICAST_MISS_STREAM
TYPE: address
LOC: Config.mcast_miss.addr
DEFAULT: no_addr
DEFAULT_DOC: disabled.
DOC_START
	If you enable this option, every "cache miss" URL will
	be sent out on the specified multicast address.

	Do not enable this option unless you are are absolutely
	certain you understand what you are doing.
DOC_END

NAME: mcast_miss_ttl
IFDEF: MULTICAST_MISS_STREAM
TYPE: u_short
LOC: Config.mcast_miss.ttl
DEFAULT: 16
DOC_START
	This is the time-to-live value for packets multicasted
	when multicasting off cache miss URLs is enabled.  By
	default this is set to 'site scope', i.e. 16.
DOC_END

NAME: mcast_miss_port
IFDEF: MULTICAST_MISS_STREAM
TYPE: u_short
LOC: Config.mcast_miss.port
DEFAULT: 3135
DOC_START
	This is the port number to be used in conjunction with
	'mcast_miss_addr'.
DOC_END

NAME: mcast_miss_encode_key
IFDEF: MULTICAST_MISS_STREAM
TYPE: string
LOC: Config.mcast_miss.encode_key
DEFAULT: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
DOC_START
	The URLs that are sent in the multicast miss stream are
	encrypted.  This is the encryption key.
DOC_END

NAME: mcast_icp_query_timeout
COMMENT: (msec)
DEFAULT: 2000
TYPE: int
LOC: Config.Timeout.mcast_icp_query
DOC_START
	For multicast peers, Squid regularly sends out ICP "probes" to
	count how many other peers are listening on the given multicast
	address.  This value specifies how long Squid should wait to
	count all the replies.  The default is 2000 msec, or 2
	seconds.
DOC_END

COMMENT_START
 INTERNAL ICON OPTIONS
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: icon_directory
TYPE: string
LOC: Config.icons.directory
DEFAULT: @DEFAULT_ICON_DIR@
DOC_START
	Where the icons are stored. These are normally kept in
	@DEFAULT_ICON_DIR@
DOC_END

NAME: global_internal_static
TYPE: onoff
LOC: Config.onoff.global_internal_static
DEFAULT: on
DOC_START
	This directive controls is Squid should intercept all requests for
	/squid-internal-static/ no matter which host the URL is requesting
	(default on setting), or if nothing special should be done for
	such URLs (off setting). The purpose of this directive is to make
	icons etc work better in complex cache hierarchies where it may
	not always be possible for all corners in the cache mesh to reach
	the server generating a directory listing.
DOC_END

NAME: short_icon_urls
TYPE: onoff
LOC: Config.icons.use_short_names
DEFAULT: on
DOC_START
	If this is enabled Squid will use short URLs for icons.
	If disabled it will revert to the old behavior of including
	it's own name and port in the URL.

	If you run a complex cache hierarchy with a mix of Squid and
	other proxies you may need to disable this directive.
DOC_END

COMMENT_START
 ERROR PAGE OPTIONS
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: error_directory
TYPE: string
LOC: Config.errorDirectory
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Send error pages in the clients preferred language
DOC_START
	If you wish to create your own versions of the default
	error files to customize them to suit your company copy
	the error/template files to another directory and point
	this tag at them.

	WARNING: This option will disable multi-language support
	         on error pages if used.

	The squid developers are interested in making squid available in
	a wide variety of languages. If you are making translations for a
	language that Squid does not currently provide please consider
	contributing your translation back to the project.
	http://wiki.squid-cache.org/Translations

	The squid developers working on translations are happy to supply drop-in
	translated error files in exchange for any new language contributions.
DOC_END

NAME: error_default_language
IFDEF: USE_ERR_LOCALES
TYPE: string
LOC: Config.errorDefaultLanguage
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Generate English language pages.
DOC_START
	Set the default language which squid will send error pages in
	if no existing translation matches the clients language
	preferences.

	If unset (default) generic English will be used.

	The squid developers are interested in making squid available in
	a wide variety of languages. If you are interested in making
	translations for any language see the squid wiki for details.
	http://wiki.squid-cache.org/Translations
DOC_END

NAME: error_log_languages
IFDEF: USE_ERR_LOCALES
TYPE: onoff
LOC: Config.errorLogMissingLanguages
DEFAULT: on
DOC_START
	Log to cache.log what languages users are attempting to
	auto-negotiate for translations.

	Successful negotiations are not logged. Only failures
	have meaning to indicate that Squid may need an upgrade
	of its error page translations.
DOC_END

NAME: err_page_stylesheet
TYPE: string
LOC: Config.errorStylesheet
DEFAULT: @DEFAULT_CONFIG_DIR@/errorpage.css
DOC_START
	CSS Stylesheet to pattern the display of Squid default error pages.

	For information on CSS see http://www.w3.org/Style/CSS/
DOC_END

NAME: err_html_text
TYPE: eol
LOC: Config.errHtmlText
DEFAULT: none
DOC_START
	HTML text to include in error messages.  Make this a "mailto"
	URL to your admin address, or maybe just a link to your
	organizations Web page.

	To include this in your error messages, you must rewrite
	the error template files (found in the "errors" directory).
	Wherever you want the 'err_html_text' line to appear,
	insert a %L tag in the error template file.
DOC_END

NAME: email_err_data
COMMENT: on|off
TYPE: onoff
LOC: Config.onoff.emailErrData
DEFAULT: on
DOC_START
	If enabled, information about the occurred error will be
	included in the mailto links of the ERR pages (if %W is set)
	so that the email body contains the data.
	Syntax is <A HREF="mailto:%w%W">%w</A>
DOC_END

NAME: deny_info
TYPE: denyinfo
LOC: Config.denyInfoList
DEFAULT: none
DOC_START
	Usage:   deny_info err_page_name acl
	or       deny_info http://... acl
	or       deny_info TCP_RESET acl

	This can be used to return a ERR_ page for requests which
	do not pass the 'http_access' rules.  Squid remembers the last
	acl it evaluated in http_access, and if a 'deny_info' line exists
	for that ACL Squid returns a corresponding error page.

	The acl is typically the last acl on the http_access deny line which
	denied access. The exceptions to this rule are:
	- When Squid needs to request authentication credentials. It's then
	  the first authentication related acl encountered
	- When none of the http_access lines matches. It's then the last
	  acl processed on the last http_access line.
	- When the decision to deny access was made by an adaptation service,
	  the acl name is the corresponding eCAP or ICAP service_name.

	NP: If providing your own custom error pages with error_directory
	    you may also specify them by your custom file name:
	    Example: deny_info ERR_CUSTOM_ACCESS_DENIED bad_guys

	By default Squid will send "403 Forbidden". A different 4xx or 5xx
	may be specified by prefixing the file name with the code and a colon.
	e.g. 404:ERR_CUSTOM_ACCESS_DENIED

	Alternatively you can tell Squid to reset the TCP connection
	by specifying TCP_RESET.

	Or you can specify an error URL or URL pattern. The browsers will
	get redirected to the specified URL after formatting tags have
	been replaced. Redirect will be done with 302 or 307 according to
	HTTP/1.1 specs. A different 3xx code may be specified by prefixing
	the URL. e.g. 303:http://example.com/

	URL FORMAT TAGS:
		%a	- username (if available. Password NOT included)
		%A	- Local listening IP address the client connection was connected to
		%B	- FTP path URL
		%e	- Error number
		%E	- Error description
		%h	- Squid hostname
		%H	- Request domain name
		%i	- Client IP Address
		%M	- Request Method
		%O	- Unescaped message result from external ACL helper
		%o	- Message result from external ACL helper
		%p	- Request Port number
		%P	- Request Protocol name
		%R	- Request URL path
		%T	- Timestamp in RFC 1123 format
		%U	- Full canonical URL from client
			  (HTTPS URLs terminate with *)
		%u	- Full canonical URL from client
		%w	- Admin email from squid.conf
		%x	- Error name
		%%	- Literal percent (%) code

DOC_END

COMMENT_START
 OPTIONS INFLUENCING REQUEST FORWARDING 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: nonhierarchical_direct
TYPE: onoff
LOC: Config.onoff.nonhierarchical_direct
DEFAULT: on
DOC_START
	By default, Squid will send any non-hierarchical requests
	(not cacheable request type) direct to origin servers.

	When this is set to "off", Squid will prefer to send these
	requests to parents.

	Note that in most configurations, by turning this off you will only
	add latency to these request without any improvement in global hit
	ratio.

	This option only sets a preference. If the parent is unavailable a
	direct connection to the origin server may still be attempted. To
	completely prevent direct connections use never_direct.
DOC_END

NAME: prefer_direct
TYPE: onoff
LOC: Config.onoff.prefer_direct
DEFAULT: off
DOC_START
	Normally Squid tries to use parents for most requests. If you for some
	reason like it to first try going direct and only use a parent if
	going direct fails set this to on.

	By combining nonhierarchical_direct off and prefer_direct on you
	can set up Squid to use a parent as a backup path if going direct
	fails.

	Note: If you want Squid to use parents for all requests see
	the never_direct directive. prefer_direct only modifies how Squid
	acts on cacheable requests.
DOC_END

NAME: cache_miss_revalidate
COMMENT: on|off
TYPE: onoff
DEFAULT: on
LOC: Config.onoff.cache_miss_revalidate
DOC_START
	RFC 7232 defines a conditional request mechanism to prevent
	response objects being unnecessarily transferred over the network.
	If that mechanism is used by the client and a cache MISS occurs
	it can prevent new cache entries being created.

	This option determines whether Squid on cache MISS will pass the
	client revalidation request to the server or tries to fetch new
	content for caching. It can be useful while the cache is mostly
	empty to more quickly have the cache populated by generating
	non-conditional GETs.

	When set to 'on' (default), Squid will pass all client If-* headers
	to the server. This permits server responses without a cacheable
	payload to be delivered and on MISS no new cache entry is created.

	When set to 'off' and if the request is cacheable, Squid will
	remove the clients If-Modified-Since and If-None-Match headers from
	the request sent to the server. This requests a 200 status response
	from the server to create a new cache entry with.
DOC_END

NAME: always_direct
TYPE: acl_access
LOC: Config.accessList.AlwaysDirect
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Prevent any cache_peer being used for this request.
DOC_START
	Usage: always_direct allow|deny [!]aclname ...

	Here you can use ACL elements to specify requests which should
	ALWAYS be forwarded by Squid to the origin servers without using
	any peers.  For example, to always directly forward requests for
	local servers ignoring any parents or siblings you may have use
	something like:

		acl local-servers dstdomain my.domain.net
		always_direct allow local-servers

	To always forward FTP requests directly, use

		acl FTP proto FTP
		always_direct allow FTP

	NOTE: There is a similar, but opposite option named
	'never_direct'.  You need to be aware that "always_direct deny
	foo" is NOT the same thing as "never_direct allow foo".  You
	may need to use a deny rule to exclude a more-specific case of
	some other rule.  Example:

		acl local-external dstdomain external.foo.net
		acl local-servers dstdomain  .foo.net
		always_direct deny local-external
		always_direct allow local-servers

	NOTE: If your goal is to make the client forward the request
	directly to the origin server bypassing Squid then this needs
	to be done in the client configuration. Squid configuration
	can only tell Squid how Squid should fetch the object.

	NOTE: This directive is not related to caching. The replies
	is cached as usual even if you use always_direct. To not cache
	the replies see the 'cache' directive.

	This clause supports both fast and slow acl types.
	See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
DOC_END

NAME: never_direct
TYPE: acl_access
LOC: Config.accessList.NeverDirect
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Allow DNS results to be used for this request.
DOC_START
	Usage: never_direct allow|deny [!]aclname ...

	never_direct is the opposite of always_direct.  Please read
	the description for always_direct if you have not already.

	With 'never_direct' you can use ACL elements to specify
	requests which should NEVER be forwarded directly to origin
	servers.  For example, to force the use of a proxy for all
	requests, except those in your local domain use something like:

		acl local-servers dstdomain .foo.net
		never_direct deny local-servers
		never_direct allow all

	or if Squid is inside a firewall and there are local intranet
	servers inside the firewall use something like:

		acl local-intranet dstdomain .foo.net
		acl local-external dstdomain external.foo.net
		always_direct deny local-external
		always_direct allow local-intranet
		never_direct allow all

	This clause supports both fast and slow acl types.
	See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
DOC_END

COMMENT_START
 ADVANCED NETWORKING OPTIONS
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: incoming_udp_average incoming_icp_average
TYPE: int
DEFAULT: 6
LOC: Config.comm_incoming.udp.average
DOC_START
	Heavy voodoo here.  I can't even believe you are reading this.
	Are you crazy?  Don't even think about adjusting these unless
	you understand the algorithms in comm_select.c first!
DOC_END

NAME: incoming_tcp_average  incoming_http_average
TYPE: int
DEFAULT: 4
LOC: Config.comm_incoming.tcp.average
DOC_START
	Heavy voodoo here.  I can't even believe you are reading this.
	Are you crazy?  Don't even think about adjusting these unless
	you understand the algorithms in comm_select.c first!
DOC_END

NAME: incoming_dns_average
TYPE: int
DEFAULT: 4
LOC: Config.comm_incoming.dns.average
DOC_START
	Heavy voodoo here.  I can't even believe you are reading this.
	Are you crazy?  Don't even think about adjusting these unless
	you understand the algorithms in comm_select.c first!
DOC_END

NAME: min_udp_poll_cnt min_icp_poll_cnt
TYPE: int
DEFAULT: 8
LOC: Config.comm_incoming.udp.min_poll
DOC_START
	Heavy voodoo here.  I can't even believe you are reading this.
	Are you crazy?  Don't even think about adjusting these unless
	you understand the algorithms in comm_select.c first!
DOC_END

NAME: min_dns_poll_cnt
TYPE: int
DEFAULT: 8
LOC: Config.comm_incoming.dns.min_poll
DOC_START
	Heavy voodoo here.  I can't even believe you are reading this.
	Are you crazy?  Don't even think about adjusting these unless
	you understand the algorithms in comm_select.c first!
DOC_END

NAME: min_tcp_poll_cnt min_http_poll_cnt
TYPE: int
DEFAULT: 8
LOC: Config.comm_incoming.tcp.min_poll
DOC_START
	Heavy voodoo here.  I can't even believe you are reading this.
	Are you crazy?  Don't even think about adjusting these unless
	you understand the algorithms in comm_select.c first!
DOC_END

NAME: accept_filter
TYPE: string
DEFAULT: none
LOC: Config.accept_filter
DOC_START
	FreeBSD:

	The name of an accept(2) filter to install on Squid's
	listen socket(s).  This feature is perhaps specific to
	FreeBSD and requires support in the kernel.

	The 'httpready' filter delays delivering new connections
	to Squid until a full HTTP request has been received.
	See the accf_http(9) man page for details.

	The 'dataready' filter delays delivering new connections
	to Squid until there is some data to process.
	See the accf_dataready(9) man page for details.

	Linux:
	
	The 'data' filter delays delivering of new connections
	to Squid until there is some data to process by TCP_ACCEPT_DEFER.
	You may optionally specify a number of seconds to wait by
	'data=N' where N is the number of seconds. Defaults to 30
	if not specified.  See the tcp(7) man page for details.
EXAMPLE:
# FreeBSD
accept_filter httpready
# Linux
accept_filter data
DOC_END

NAME: client_ip_max_connections
TYPE: int
LOC: Config.client_ip_max_connections
DEFAULT: -1
DEFAULT_DOC: No limit.
DOC_START
	Set an absolute limit on the number of connections a single
	client IP can use. Any more than this and Squid will begin to drop
	new connections from the client until it closes some links.

	Note that this is a global limit. It affects all HTTP, HTCP, Gopher and FTP
	connections from the client. For finer control use the ACL access controls.

	Requires client_db to be enabled (the default).

	WARNING: This may noticeably slow down traffic received via external proxies
	or NAT devices and cause them to rebound error messages back to their clients.
DOC_END

NAME: tcp_recv_bufsize
COMMENT: (bytes)
TYPE: b_size_t
DEFAULT: 0 bytes
DEFAULT_DOC: Use operating system TCP defaults.
LOC: Config.tcpRcvBufsz
DOC_START
	Size of receive buffer to set for TCP sockets.  Probably just
	as easy to change your kernel's default.
	Omit from squid.conf to use the default buffer size.
DOC_END

COMMENT_START
 ICAP OPTIONS
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: icap_enable
TYPE: onoff
IFDEF: ICAP_CLIENT
COMMENT: on|off
LOC: Adaptation::Icap::TheConfig.onoff
DEFAULT: off
DOC_START
	If you want to enable the ICAP module support, set this to on.
DOC_END

NAME: icap_connect_timeout
TYPE: time_t
DEFAULT: none
LOC: Adaptation::Icap::TheConfig.connect_timeout_raw
IFDEF: ICAP_CLIENT
DOC_START
	This parameter specifies how long to wait for the TCP connect to
	the requested ICAP server to complete before giving up and either
	terminating the HTTP transaction or bypassing the failure.

	The default for optional services is peer_connect_timeout.
	The default for essential services is connect_timeout.
	If this option is explicitly set, its value applies to all services.
DOC_END

NAME: icap_io_timeout
COMMENT: time-units
TYPE: time_t
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Use read_timeout.
LOC: Adaptation::Icap::TheConfig.io_timeout_raw
IFDEF: ICAP_CLIENT
DOC_START
	This parameter specifies how long to wait for an I/O activity on
	an established, active ICAP connection before giving up and
	either terminating the HTTP transaction or bypassing the
	failure.
DOC_END

NAME: icap_service_failure_limit
COMMENT: limit [in memory-depth time-units]
TYPE: icap_service_failure_limit
IFDEF: ICAP_CLIENT
LOC: Adaptation::Icap::TheConfig
DEFAULT: 10
DOC_START
	The limit specifies the number of failures that Squid tolerates
	when establishing a new TCP connection with an ICAP service. If
	the number of failures exceeds the limit, the ICAP service is
	not used for new ICAP requests until it is time to refresh its
	OPTIONS.

	A negative value disables the limit. Without the limit, an ICAP
	service will not be considered down due to connectivity failures
	between ICAP OPTIONS requests.

	Squid forgets ICAP service failures older than the specified
	value of memory-depth. The memory fading algorithm 
	is approximate because Squid does not remember individual 
	errors but groups them instead, splitting the option
	value into ten time slots of equal length.

	When memory-depth is 0 and by default this option has no 
	effect on service failure expiration.

	Squid always forgets failures when updating service settings
	using an ICAP OPTIONS transaction, regardless of this option
	setting.

	For example,
		# suspend service usage after 10 failures in 5 seconds:
		icap_service_failure_limit 10 in 5 seconds
DOC_END

NAME: icap_service_revival_delay
TYPE: int
IFDEF: ICAP_CLIENT
LOC: Adaptation::Icap::TheConfig.service_revival_delay
DEFAULT: 180
DOC_START
	The delay specifies the number of seconds to wait after an ICAP
	OPTIONS request failure before requesting the options again. The
	failed ICAP service is considered "down" until fresh OPTIONS are
	fetched.

	The actual delay cannot be smaller than the hardcoded minimum
	delay of 30 seconds.
DOC_END

NAME: icap_preview_enable
TYPE: onoff
IFDEF: ICAP_CLIENT
COMMENT: on|off
LOC: Adaptation::Icap::TheConfig.preview_enable
DEFAULT: on
DOC_START
	The ICAP Preview feature allows the ICAP server to handle the
	HTTP message by looking only at the beginning of the message body
	or even without receiving the body at all. In some environments, 
	previews greatly speedup ICAP processing.

	During an ICAP OPTIONS transaction, the server may tell	Squid what
	HTTP messages should be previewed and how big the preview should be.
	Squid will not use Preview if the server did not request one.

	To disable ICAP Preview for all ICAP services, regardless of
	individual ICAP server OPTIONS responses, set this option to "off".
Example:
icap_preview_enable off
DOC_END

NAME: icap_preview_size
TYPE: int
IFDEF: ICAP_CLIENT
LOC: Adaptation::Icap::TheConfig.preview_size
DEFAULT: -1
DEFAULT_DOC: No preview sent.
DOC_START
	The default size of preview data to be sent to the ICAP server.
	This value might be overwritten on a per server basis by OPTIONS requests.
DOC_END

NAME: icap_206_enable
TYPE: onoff
IFDEF: ICAP_CLIENT
COMMENT: on|off
LOC: Adaptation::Icap::TheConfig.allow206_enable
DEFAULT: on
DOC_START
	206 (Partial Content) responses is an ICAP extension that allows the
	ICAP agents to optionally combine adapted and original HTTP message
	content. The decision to combine is postponed until the end of the
	ICAP response. Squid supports Partial Content extension by default.

	Activation of the Partial Content extension is negotiated with each
	ICAP service during OPTIONS exchange. Most ICAP servers should handle
	negotiation correctly even if they do not support the extension, but
	some might fail. To disable Partial Content support for all ICAP
	services and to avoid any negotiation, set this option to "off".

	Example:
	    icap_206_enable off
DOC_END

NAME: icap_default_options_ttl
TYPE: int
IFDEF: ICAP_CLIENT
LOC: Adaptation::Icap::TheConfig.default_options_ttl
DEFAULT: 60
DOC_START
	The default TTL value for ICAP OPTIONS responses that don't have
	an Options-TTL header.
DOC_END

NAME: icap_persistent_connections
TYPE: onoff
IFDEF: ICAP_CLIENT
COMMENT: on|off
LOC: Adaptation::Icap::TheConfig.reuse_connections
DEFAULT: on
DOC_START
	Whether or not Squid should use persistent connections to
	an ICAP server.
DOC_END

NAME: adaptation_send_client_ip icap_send_client_ip
TYPE: onoff
IFDEF: USE_ADAPTATION
COMMENT: on|off
LOC: Adaptation::Config::send_client_ip
DEFAULT: off
DOC_START
	If enabled, Squid shares HTTP client IP information with adaptation
	services. For ICAP, Squid adds the X-Client-IP header to ICAP requests.
	For eCAP, Squid sets the libecap::metaClientIp transaction option.

	See also: adaptation_uses_indirect_client
DOC_END

NAME: adaptation_send_username icap_send_client_username
TYPE: onoff
IFDEF: USE_ADAPTATION
COMMENT: on|off
LOC: Adaptation::Config::send_username
DEFAULT: off
DOC_START
	This sends authenticated HTTP client username (if available) to
	the adaptation service.

	For ICAP, the username value is encoded based on the
	icap_client_username_encode option and is sent using the header
	specified by the icap_client_username_header option.
DOC_END

NAME: icap_client_username_header
TYPE: string
IFDEF: ICAP_CLIENT
LOC: Adaptation::Icap::TheConfig.client_username_header
DEFAULT: X-Client-Username
DOC_START
	ICAP request header name to use for adaptation_send_username.
DOC_END

NAME: icap_client_username_encode
TYPE: onoff
IFDEF: ICAP_CLIENT
COMMENT: on|off
LOC: Adaptation::Icap::TheConfig.client_username_encode
DEFAULT: off
DOC_START
	Whether to base64 encode the authenticated client username.
DOC_END

NAME: icap_service
TYPE: icap_service_type
IFDEF: ICAP_CLIENT
LOC: Adaptation::Icap::TheConfig
DEFAULT: none
DOC_START
	Defines a single ICAP service using the following format:

	icap_service id vectoring_point uri [option ...]

	id: ID
		an opaque identifier or name which is used to direct traffic to
		this specific service. Must be unique among all adaptation
		services in squid.conf.

	vectoring_point: reqmod_precache|reqmod_postcache|respmod_precache|respmod_postcache
		This specifies at which point of transaction processing the
		ICAP service should be activated. *_postcache vectoring points
		are not yet supported.

	uri: icap://servername:port/servicepath
		ICAP server and service location.
	     icaps://servername:port/servicepath
		The "icap:" URI scheme is used for traditional ICAP server and
		service location (default port is 1344, connections are not
		encrypted). The "icaps:" URI scheme is for Secure ICAP
		services that use SSL/TLS-encrypted ICAP connections (by
		default, on port 11344).

	ICAP does not allow a single service to handle both REQMOD and RESPMOD
	transactions. Squid does not enforce that requirement. You can specify
	services with the same service_url and different vectoring_points. You
	can even specify multiple identical services as long as their
	service_names differ.

	To activate a service, use the adaptation_access directive. To group
	services, use adaptation_service_chain and adaptation_service_set.

	Service options are separated by white space. ICAP services support
	the following name=value options:

	bypass=on|off|1|0
		If set to 'on' or '1', the ICAP service is treated as
		optional. If the service cannot be reached or malfunctions,
		Squid will try to ignore any errors and process the message as
		if the service was not enabled. No all ICAP errors can be
		bypassed.  If set to 0, the ICAP service is treated as
		essential and all ICAP errors will result in an error page
		returned to the HTTP client.

		Bypass is off by default: services are treated as essential.

	routing=on|off|1|0
		If set to 'on' or '1', the ICAP service is allowed to
		dynamically change the current message adaptation plan by
		returning a chain of services to be used next. The services
		are specified using the X-Next-Services ICAP response header
		value, formatted as a comma-separated list of service names.
		Each named service should be configured in squid.conf. Other
		services are ignored. An empty X-Next-Services value results
		in an empty plan which ends the current adaptation.

		Dynamic adaptation plan may cross or cover multiple supported
		vectoring points in their natural processing order.

		Routing is not allowed by default: the ICAP X-Next-Services
		response header is ignored.

	ipv6=on|off
		Only has effect on split-stack systems. The default on those systems
		is to use IPv4-only connections. When set to 'on' this option will
		make Squid use IPv6-only connections to contact this ICAP service.

	on-overload=block|bypass|wait|force
		If the service Max-Connections limit has been reached, do
		one of the following for each new ICAP transaction:
		  * block:  send an HTTP error response to the client
		  * bypass: ignore the "over-connected" ICAP service
		  * wait:   wait (in a FIFO queue) for an ICAP connection slot
		  * force:  proceed, ignoring the Max-Connections limit 

		In SMP mode with N workers, each worker assumes the service
		connection limit is Max-Connections/N, even though not all
		workers may use a given service.

		The default value is "bypass" if service is bypassable,
		otherwise it is set to "wait".
		

	max-conn=number
		Use the given number as the Max-Connections limit, regardless
		of the Max-Connections value given by the service, if any.

	connection-encryption=on|off
		Determines the ICAP service effect on the connections_encrypted
		ACL.

		The default is "on" for Secure ICAP services (i.e., those
		with the icaps:// service URIs scheme) and "off" for plain ICAP
		services.

		Does not affect ICAP connections (e.g., does not turn Secure
		ICAP on or off).

	==== ICAPS / TLS OPTIONS ====

	These options are used for Secure ICAP (icaps://....) services only.

	tls-cert=/path/to/ssl/certificate
			A client X.509 certificate to use when connecting to
			this ICAP server.

	tls-key=/path/to/ssl/key
			The private key corresponding to the previous
			tls-cert= option.

			If tls-key= is not specified tls-cert= is assumed to
			reference a PEM file containing both the certificate
			and private key.

	tls-cipher=...	The list of valid TLS/SSL ciphers to use when connecting
			to this icap server.

	tls-min-version=1.N
			The minimum TLS protocol version to permit. To control
			SSLv3 use the tls-options= parameter.
			Supported Values: 1.0 (default), 1.1, 1.2

	tls-options=...	Specify various OpenSSL library options:

			    NO_SSLv3    Disallow the use of SSLv3

			    SINGLE_DH_USE
				      Always create a new key when using
				      temporary/ephemeral DH key exchanges

			    ALL       Enable various bug workarounds
				      suggested as "harmless" by OpenSSL
				      Be warned that this reduces SSL/TLS
				      strength to some attacks.

			See the OpenSSL SSL_CTX_set_options documentation for a
			more complete list. Options relevant only to SSLv2 are
			not supported.

	tls-cafile=	PEM file containing CA certificates to use when verifying
			the icap server certificate.
			Use to specify intermediate CA certificate(s) if not sent
			by the server. Or the full CA chain for the server when
			using the tls-default-ca=off flag.
			May be repeated to load multiple files.

	tls-capath=...	A directory containing additional CA certificates to
			use when verifying the icap server certificate.
			Requires OpenSSL or LibreSSL.

	tls-crlfile=...	A certificate revocation list file to use when
			verifying the icap server certificate.

	tls-flags=...	Specify various flags modifying the Squid TLS implementation:

			DONT_VERIFY_PEER
				Accept certificates even if they fail to
				verify.
			DONT_VERIFY_DOMAIN
				Don't verify the icap server certificate
				matches the server name

	tls-default-ca[=off]
			Whether to use the system Trusted CAs. Default is ON.

	tls-domain=	The icap server name as advertised in it's certificate.
			Used for verifying the correctness of the received icap
			server certificate. If not specified the icap server
			hostname extracted from ICAP URI will be used.

	Older icap_service format without optional named parameters is
	deprecated but supported for backward compatibility.

Example:
icap_service svcBlocker reqmod_precache icap://icap1.mydomain.net:1344/reqmod bypass=0
icap_service svcLogger reqmod_precache icaps://icap2.mydomain.net:11344/reqmod routing=on
DOC_END

NAME: icap_class
TYPE: icap_class_type
IFDEF: ICAP_CLIENT
LOC: none
DEFAULT: none
DOC_START
	This deprecated option was documented to define an ICAP service
	chain, even though it actually defined a set of similar, redundant
	services, and the chains were not supported. 

	To define a set of redundant services, please use the
	adaptation_service_set directive. For service chains, use
	adaptation_service_chain.
DOC_END

NAME: icap_access
TYPE: icap_access_type
IFDEF: ICAP_CLIENT
LOC: none
DEFAULT: none
DOC_START
	This option is deprecated. Please use adaptation_access, which
	has the same ICAP functionality, but comes with better
	documentation, and eCAP support.
DOC_END

COMMENT_START
 eCAP OPTIONS
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: ecap_enable
TYPE: onoff
IFDEF: USE_ECAP
COMMENT: on|off
LOC: Adaptation::Ecap::TheConfig.onoff
DEFAULT: off
DOC_START
	Controls whether eCAP support is enabled.
DOC_END

NAME: ecap_service
TYPE: ecap_service_type
IFDEF: USE_ECAP
LOC: Adaptation::Ecap::TheConfig
DEFAULT: none
DOC_START
	Defines a single eCAP service

	ecap_service id vectoring_point uri [option ...]

        id: ID
		an opaque identifier or name which is used to direct traffic to
		this specific service. Must be unique among all adaptation
		services in squid.conf.

	vectoring_point: reqmod_precache|reqmod_postcache|respmod_precache|respmod_postcache
		This specifies at which point of transaction processing the
		eCAP service should be activated. *_postcache vectoring points
		are not yet supported.

	uri: ecap://vendor/service_name?custom&cgi=style&parameters=optional
		Squid uses the eCAP service URI to match this configuration
		line with one of the dynamically loaded services. Each loaded
		eCAP service must have a unique URI. Obtain the right URI from
		the service provider.

	To activate a service, use the adaptation_access directive. To group
	services, use adaptation_service_chain and adaptation_service_set.

	Service options are separated by white space. eCAP services support
	the following name=value options:

	bypass=on|off|1|0
		If set to 'on' or '1', the eCAP service is treated as optional.
		If the service cannot be reached or malfunctions, Squid will try
		to ignore any errors and process the message as if the service
		was not enabled. No all eCAP errors can be bypassed.
		If set to 'off' or '0', the eCAP service is treated as essential
		and all eCAP errors will result in an error page returned to the
		HTTP client.

                Bypass is off by default: services are treated as essential.

	routing=on|off|1|0
		If set to 'on' or '1', the eCAP service is allowed to
		dynamically change the current message adaptation plan by
		returning a chain of services to be used next.

		Dynamic adaptation plan may cross or cover multiple supported
		vectoring points in their natural processing order.

		Routing is not allowed by default.

	connection-encryption=on|off
		Determines the eCAP service effect on the connections_encrypted
		ACL. 

		Defaults to "on", which does not taint the master transaction
		w.r.t. that ACL.

		Does not affect eCAP API calls.

	Older ecap_service format without optional named parameters is
	deprecated but supported for backward compatibility.


Example:
ecap_service s1 reqmod_precache ecap://filters.R.us/leakDetector?on_error=block bypass=off
ecap_service s2 respmod_precache ecap://filters.R.us/virusFilter config=/etc/vf.cfg bypass=on
DOC_END

NAME: loadable_modules
TYPE: wordlist
IFDEF: USE_LOADABLE_MODULES
LOC: Config.loadable_module_names
DEFAULT: none
DOC_START
	Instructs Squid to load the specified dynamic module(s) or activate
	preloaded module(s).
Example:
loadable_modules @DEFAULT_PREFIX@/lib/MinimalAdapter.so
DOC_END

COMMENT_START
 MESSAGE ADAPTATION OPTIONS
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: adaptation_service_set
TYPE: adaptation_service_set_type
IFDEF: USE_ADAPTATION
LOC: none
DEFAULT: none
DOC_START

	Configures an ordered set of similar, redundant services. This is
	useful when hot standby or backup adaptation servers are available.

	    adaptation_service_set set_name service_name1 service_name2 ...

 	The named services are used in the set declaration order. The first
	applicable adaptation service from the set is used first. The next
	applicable service is tried if and only if the transaction with the
	previous service fails and the message waiting to be adapted is still
	intact.

	When adaptation starts, broken services are ignored as if they were
	not a part of the set. A broken service is a down optional service.

	The services in a set must be attached to the same vectoring point
	(e.g., pre-cache) and use the same adaptation method (e.g., REQMOD).

	If all services in a set are optional then adaptation failures are
	bypassable. If all services in the set are essential, then a
	transaction failure with one service may still be retried using
	another service from the set, but when all services fail, the master
	transaction fails as well.

	A set may contain a mix of optional and essential services, but that
	is likely to lead to surprising results because broken services become
	ignored (see above), making previously bypassable failures fatal.
	Technically, it is the bypassability of the last failed service that
	matters.

	See also: adaptation_access adaptation_service_chain

Example:
adaptation_service_set svcBlocker urlFilterPrimary urlFilterBackup
adaptation service_set svcLogger loggerLocal loggerRemote
DOC_END

NAME: adaptation_service_chain
TYPE: adaptation_service_chain_type
IFDEF: USE_ADAPTATION
LOC: none
DEFAULT: none
DOC_START

	Configures a list of complementary services that will be applied
	one-by-one, forming an adaptation chain or pipeline. This is useful
	when Squid must perform different adaptations on the same message.

	    adaptation_service_chain chain_name service_name1 svc_name2 ...

 	The named services are used in the chain declaration order. The first
	applicable adaptation service from the chain is used first. The next
	applicable service is applied to the successful adaptation results of
	the previous service in the chain.

	When adaptation starts, broken services are ignored as if they were
	not a part of the chain. A broken service is a down optional service.

	Request satisfaction terminates the adaptation chain because Squid
	does not currently allow declaration of RESPMOD services at the
	"reqmod_precache" vectoring point (see icap_service or ecap_service).

	The services in a chain must be attached to the same vectoring point
	(e.g., pre-cache) and use the same adaptation method (e.g., REQMOD).

	A chain may contain a mix of optional and essential services. If an
	essential adaptation fails (or the failure cannot be bypassed for
	other reasons), the master transaction fails. Otherwise, the failure
	is bypassed as if the failed adaptation service was not in the chain.

	See also: adaptation_access adaptation_service_set

Example:
adaptation_service_chain svcRequest requestLogger urlFilter leakDetector
DOC_END

NAME: adaptation_access
TYPE: adaptation_access_type
IFDEF: USE_ADAPTATION
LOC: none
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Allow, unless rules exist in squid.conf.
DOC_START
	Sends an HTTP transaction to an ICAP or eCAP adaptation	service.

	adaptation_access service_name allow|deny [!]aclname...
	adaptation_access set_name     allow|deny [!]aclname...

	At each supported vectoring point, the adaptation_access
	statements are processed in the order they appear in this
	configuration file. Statements pointing to the following services
	are ignored (i.e., skipped without checking their ACL):

	    - services serving different vectoring points
	    - "broken-but-bypassable" services
	    - "up" services configured to ignore such transactions
              (e.g., based on the ICAP Transfer-Ignore header).

        When a set_name is used, all services in the set are checked
	using the same rules, to find the first applicable one. See
	adaptation_service_set for details.

	If an access list is checked and there is a match, the
	processing stops: For an "allow" rule, the corresponding
	adaptation service is used for the transaction. For a "deny"
	rule, no adaptation service is activated.

	It is currently not possible to apply more than one adaptation
	service at the same vectoring point to the same HTTP transaction.

        See also: icap_service and ecap_service

Example:
adaptation_access service_1 allow all
DOC_END

NAME: adaptation_service_iteration_limit
TYPE: int
IFDEF: USE_ADAPTATION
LOC: Adaptation::Config::service_iteration_limit
DEFAULT: 16
DOC_START
	Limits the number of iterations allowed when applying adaptation
	services to a message. If your longest adaptation set or chain
	may have more than 16 services, increase the limit beyond its
	default value of 16. If detecting infinite iteration loops sooner
	is critical, make the iteration limit match the actual number
	of services in your longest adaptation set or chain.

	Infinite adaptation loops are most likely with routing services.

	See also: icap_service routing=1
DOC_END

NAME: adaptation_masterx_shared_names
TYPE: string
IFDEF: USE_ADAPTATION
LOC: Adaptation::Config::masterx_shared_name
DEFAULT: none
DOC_START
	For each master transaction (i.e., the HTTP request and response
	sequence, including all related ICAP and eCAP exchanges), Squid
	maintains a table of metadata. The table entries are (name, value)
	pairs shared among eCAP and ICAP exchanges. The table is destroyed
	with the master transaction.

	This option specifies the table entry names that Squid must accept
	from and forward to the adaptation transactions.

	An ICAP REQMOD or RESPMOD transaction may set an entry in the 
	shared table by returning an ICAP header field with a name 
	specified in adaptation_masterx_shared_names.

	An eCAP REQMOD or RESPMOD transaction may set an entry in the
	shared table by implementing the libecap::visitEachOption() API
	to provide an option with a name specified in
	adaptation_masterx_shared_names.

	Squid will store and forward the set entry to subsequent adaptation
	transactions within the same master transaction scope.

	Only one shared entry name is supported at this time.

Example:
# share authentication information among ICAP services
adaptation_masterx_shared_names X-Subscriber-ID
DOC_END

NAME: adaptation_meta
TYPE: note
IFDEF: USE_ADAPTATION
LOC: Adaptation::Config::metaHeaders
DEFAULT: none
DOC_START
	This option allows Squid administrator to add custom ICAP request
	headers or eCAP options to Squid ICAP requests or eCAP transactions.
	Use it to pass custom authentication tokens and other
	transaction-state related meta information to an ICAP/eCAP service.
	
	The addition of a meta header is ACL-driven:
		adaptation_meta name value [!]aclname ...
	
	Processing for a given header name stops after the first ACL list match.
	Thus, it is impossible to add two headers with the same name. If no ACL
	lists match for a given header name, no such header is added. For 
	example:
	
		# do not debug transactions except for those that need debugging
		adaptation_meta X-Debug 1 needs_debugging
	
		# log all transactions except for those that must remain secret
		adaptation_meta X-Log 1 !keep_secret
	
		# mark transactions from users in the "G 1" group
		adaptation_meta X-Authenticated-Groups "G 1" authed_as_G1
	
	The "value" parameter may be a regular squid.conf token or a "double
	quoted string". Within the quoted string, use backslash (\) to escape
	any character, which is currently only useful for escaping backslashes
	and double quotes. For example,
	    "this string has one backslash (\\) and two \"quotes\""

	Used adaptation_meta header values may be logged via %note
	logformat code. If multiple adaptation_meta headers with the same name
	are used during master transaction lifetime, the header values are
	logged in the order they were used and duplicate values are ignored
	(only the first repeated value will be logged).
DOC_END

NAME: icap_retry
TYPE: acl_access
IFDEF: ICAP_CLIENT
LOC: Adaptation::Icap::TheConfig.repeat
DEFAULT_IF_NONE: deny all
DOC_START
	This ACL determines which retriable ICAP transactions are
	retried. Transactions that received a complete ICAP response
	and did not have to consume or produce HTTP bodies to receive
	that response are usually retriable.

	icap_retry allow|deny [!]aclname ...

	Squid automatically retries some ICAP I/O timeouts and errors
	due to persistent connection race conditions.

	See also: icap_retry_limit
DOC_END

NAME: icap_retry_limit
TYPE: int
IFDEF: ICAP_CLIENT
LOC: Adaptation::Icap::TheConfig.repeat_limit
DEFAULT: 0
DEFAULT_DOC: No retries are allowed.
DOC_START
	Limits the number of retries allowed.

	Communication errors due to persistent connection race
	conditions are unavoidable, automatically retried, and do not
	count against this limit.

	See also: icap_retry
DOC_END


COMMENT_START
 DNS OPTIONS
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: check_hostnames
TYPE: onoff
DEFAULT: off
LOC: Config.onoff.check_hostnames
DOC_START
	For security and stability reasons Squid can check
	hostnames for Internet standard RFC compliance. If you want
	Squid to perform these checks turn this directive on.
DOC_END

NAME: allow_underscore
TYPE: onoff
DEFAULT: on
LOC: Config.onoff.allow_underscore
DOC_START
	Underscore characters is not strictly allowed in Internet hostnames
	but nevertheless used by many sites. Set this to off if you want
	Squid to be strict about the standard.
	This check is performed only when check_hostnames is set to on.
DOC_END

NAME: dns_retransmit_interval
TYPE: time_msec
DEFAULT: 5 seconds
LOC: Config.Timeout.idns_retransmit
DOC_START
	Initial retransmit interval for DNS queries. The interval is
	doubled each time all configured DNS servers have been tried.
DOC_END

NAME: dns_timeout
TYPE: time_msec
DEFAULT: 30 seconds
LOC: Config.Timeout.idns_query
DOC_START
	DNS Query timeout. If no response is received to a DNS query
	within this time all DNS servers for the queried domain
	are assumed to be unavailable.
DOC_END

NAME: dns_packet_max
TYPE: b_ssize_t
DEFAULT_DOC: EDNS disabled
DEFAULT: none
LOC: Config.dns.packet_max
DOC_START
	Maximum number of bytes packet size to advertise via EDNS.
	Set to "none" to disable EDNS large packet support.
	
	For legacy reasons DNS UDP replies will default to 512 bytes which
	is too small for many responses. EDNS provides a means for Squid to
	negotiate receiving larger responses back immediately without having
	to failover with repeat requests. Responses larger than this limit
	will retain the old behaviour of failover to TCP DNS.
	
	Squid has no real fixed limit internally, but allowing packet sizes
	over 1500 bytes requires network jumbogram support and is usually not
	necessary.
	
	WARNING: The RFC also indicates that some older resolvers will reply
	with failure of the whole request if the extension is added. Some
	resolvers have already been identified which will reply with mangled
	EDNS response on occasion. Usually in response to many-KB jumbogram
	sizes being advertised by Squid.
	Squid will currently treat these both as an unable-to-resolve domain
	even if it would be resolvable without EDNS.
DOC_END

NAME: dns_defnames
COMMENT: on|off
TYPE: onoff
DEFAULT: off
DEFAULT_DOC: Search for single-label domain names is disabled.
LOC: Config.onoff.res_defnames
DOC_START
	Normally the RES_DEFNAMES resolver option is disabled
	(see res_init(3)).  This prevents caches in a hierarchy
	from interpreting single-component hostnames locally.  To allow
	Squid to handle single-component names, enable this option.
DOC_END

NAME: dns_multicast_local
COMMENT: on|off
TYPE: onoff
DEFAULT: off
DEFAULT_DOC: Search for .local and .arpa names is disabled.
LOC: Config.onoff.dns_mdns
DOC_START
	When set to on, Squid sends multicast DNS lookups on the local
	network for domains ending in .local and .arpa.
	This enables local servers and devices to be contacted in an
	ad-hoc or zero-configuration network environment.
DOC_END

NAME: dns_nameservers
TYPE: SBufList
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Use operating system definitions
LOC: Config.dns.nameservers
DOC_START
	Use this if you want to specify a list of DNS name servers
	(IP addresses) to use instead of those given in your
	/etc/resolv.conf file.

	On Windows platforms, if no value is specified here or in
	the /etc/resolv.conf file, the list of DNS name servers are
	taken from the Windows registry, both static and dynamic DHCP
	configurations are supported.

	Example: dns_nameservers 10.0.0.1 192.172.0.4
DOC_END

NAME: hosts_file
TYPE: string
DEFAULT: @DEFAULT_HOSTS@
LOC: Config.etcHostsPath
DOC_START
	Location of the host-local IP name-address associations
	database. Most Operating Systems have such a file on different
	default locations:
	- Un*X & Linux:    /etc/hosts
	- Windows NT/2000: %SystemRoot%\system32\drivers\etc\hosts
			   (%SystemRoot% value install default is c:\winnt)
	- Windows XP/2003: %SystemRoot%\system32\drivers\etc\hosts
			   (%SystemRoot% value install default is c:\windows)
	- Windows 9x/Me:   %windir%\hosts
			   (%windir% value is usually c:\windows)
	- Cygwin:	   /etc/hosts

	The file contains newline-separated definitions, in the
	form ip_address_in_dotted_form name [name ...] names are
	whitespace-separated. Lines beginning with an hash (#)
	character are comments.

	The file is checked at startup and upon configuration.
	If set to 'none', it won't be checked.
	If append_domain is used, that domain will be added to
	domain-local (i.e. not containing any dot character) host
	definitions.
DOC_END

NAME: append_domain
TYPE: string
LOC:  Config.appendDomain
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Use operating system definitions
DOC_START
	Appends local domain name to hostnames without any dots in
	them.  append_domain must begin with a period.

	Be warned there are now Internet names with no dots in
	them using only top-domain names, so setting this may
	cause some Internet sites to become unavailable.

Example:
 append_domain .yourdomain.com
DOC_END

NAME: ignore_unknown_nameservers
TYPE: onoff
LOC: Config.onoff.ignore_unknown_nameservers
DEFAULT: on
DOC_START
	By default Squid checks that DNS responses are received
	from the same IP addresses they are sent to.  If they
	don't match, Squid ignores the response and writes a warning
	message to cache.log.  You can allow responses from unknown
	nameservers by setting this option to 'off'.
DOC_END

NAME: ipcache_size
COMMENT: (number of entries)
TYPE: int
DEFAULT: 1024
LOC: Config.ipcache.size
DOC_START
	Maximum number of DNS IP cache entries.
DOC_END

NAME: ipcache_low
COMMENT: (percent)
TYPE: int
DEFAULT: 90
LOC: Config.ipcache.low
DOC_NONE

NAME: ipcache_high
COMMENT: (percent)
TYPE: int
DEFAULT: 95
LOC: Config.ipcache.high
DOC_START
	The size, low-, and high-water marks for the IP cache.
DOC_END

NAME: fqdncache_size
COMMENT: (number of entries)
TYPE: int
DEFAULT: 1024
LOC: Config.fqdncache.size
DOC_START
	Maximum number of FQDN cache entries.
DOC_END

COMMENT_START
 MISCELLANEOUS
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMENT_END

NAME: configuration_includes_quoted_values
COMMENT: on|off
TYPE: configuration_includes_quoted_values
DEFAULT: off
LOC: ConfigParser::RecognizeQuotedValues
DOC_START
	If set, Squid will recognize each "quoted string" after a configuration
	directive as a single parameter. The quotes are stripped before the
	parameter value is interpreted or used.
	See "Values with spaces, quotes, and other special characters"
	section for more details.
DOC_END

NAME: memory_pools
COMMENT: on|off
TYPE: onoff
DEFAULT: on
LOC: Config.onoff.mem_pools
DOC_START
	If set, Squid will keep pools of allocated (but unused) memory
	available for future use.  If memory is a premium on your
	system and you believe your malloc library outperforms Squid
	routines, disable this.
DOC_END

NAME: memory_pools_limit
COMMENT: (bytes)
TYPE: b_int64_t
DEFAULT: 5 MB
LOC: Config.MemPools.limit
DOC_START
	Used only with memory_pools on:
	memory_pools_limit 50 MB

	If set to a non-zero value, Squid will keep at most the specified
	limit of allocated (but unused) memory in memory pools. All free()
	requests that exceed this limit will be handled by your malloc
	library. Squid does not pre-allocate any memory, just safe-keeps
	objects that otherwise would be free()d. Thus, it is safe to set
	memory_pools_limit to a reasonably high value even if your
	configuration will use less memory.

	If set to none, Squid will keep all memory it can. That is, there
	will be no limit on the total amount of memory used for safe-keeping.

	To disable memory allocation optimization, do not set
	memory_pools_limit to 0 or none. Set memory_pools to "off" instead.

	An overhead for maintaining memory pools is not taken into account
	when the limit is checked. This overhead is close to four bytes per
	object kept. However, pools may actually _save_ memory because of
	reduced memory thrashing in your malloc library.
DOC_END

NAME: forwarded_for
COMMENT: on|off|transparent|truncate|delete
TYPE: string
DEFAULT: on
LOC: opt_forwarded_for
DOC_START
	If set to "on", Squid will append your client's IP address
	in the HTTP requests it forwards. By default it looks like:

		X-Forwarded-For: 192.1.2.3

	If set to "off", it will appear as

		X-Forwarded-For: unknown

	If set to "transparent", Squid will not alter the
	X-Forwarded-For header in any way.

	If set to "delete", Squid will delete the entire
	X-Forwarded-For header.

	If set to "truncate", Squid will remove all existing
	X-Forwarded-For entries, and place the client IP as the sole entry.
DOC_END

NAME: cachemgr_passwd
TYPE: cachemgrpasswd
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: No password. Actions which require password are denied.
LOC: Config.passwd_list
DOC_START
	Specify passwords for cachemgr operations.

	Usage: cachemgr_passwd password action action ...

	Some valid actions are (see cache manager menu for a full list):
		5min
		60min
		asndb
		authenticator
		cbdata
		client_list
		comm_incoming
		config *
		counters
		delay
		digest_stats
		dns
		events
		filedescriptors
		fqdncache
		histograms
		http_headers
		info
		io
		ipcache
		mem
		menu
		netdb
		non_peers
		objects
		offline_toggle *
		pconn
		peer_select
		reconfigure *
		redirector
		refresh
		server_list
		shutdown *
		store_digest
		storedir
		utilization
		via_headers
		vm_objects

	* Indicates actions which will not be performed without a
	  valid password, others can be performed if not listed here.

	To disable an action, set the password to "disable".
	To allow performing an action without a password, set the
	password to "none".

	Use the keyword "all" to set the same password for all actions.

Example:
 cachemgr_passwd secret shutdown
 cachemgr_passwd lesssssssecret info stats/objects
 cachemgr_passwd disable all
DOC_END

NAME: client_db
COMMENT: on|off
TYPE: onoff
DEFAULT: on
LOC: Config.onoff.client_db
DOC_START
	If you want to disable collecting per-client statistics,
	turn off client_db here.
DOC_END

NAME: refresh_all_ims
COMMENT: on|off
TYPE: onoff
DEFAULT: off
LOC: Config.onoff.refresh_all_ims
DOC_START
	When you enable this option, squid will always check
	the origin server for an update when a client sends an
	If-Modified-Since request.  Many browsers use IMS
	requests when the user requests a reload, and this
	ensures those clients receive the latest version.

	By default (off), squid may return a Not Modified response
	based on the age of the cached version.
DOC_END

NAME: reload_into_ims
IFDEF: USE_HTTP_VIOLATIONS
COMMENT: on|off
TYPE: onoff
DEFAULT: off
LOC: Config.onoff.reload_into_ims
DOC_START
	When you enable this option, client no-cache or ``reload''
	requests will be changed to If-Modified-Since requests.
	Doing this VIOLATES the HTTP standard.  Enabling this
	feature could make you liable for problems which it
	causes.

	see also refresh_pattern for a more selective approach.
DOC_END

NAME: connect_retries
TYPE: int
LOC: Config.connect_retries
DEFAULT: 0
DEFAULT_DOC: Do not retry failed connections.
DOC_START
	Limits the number of reopening attempts when establishing a single
	TCP connection. All these attempts must still complete before the
	applicable connection opening timeout expires.

	By default and when connect_retries is set to zero, Squid does not
	retry failed connection opening attempts.

	The (not recommended) maximum is 10 tries. An attempt to configure a
	higher value results in the value of 10 being used (with a warning).

	Squid may open connections to retry various high-level forwarding
	failures. For an outside observer, that activity may look like a
	low-level connection reopening attempt, but those high-level retries
	are governed by forward_max_tries instead.

	See also: connect_timeout, forward_timeout, icap_connect_timeout,
	ident_timeout, and forward_max_tries.
DOC_END

NAME: retry_on_error
TYPE: onoff
LOC: Config.retry.onerror
DEFAULT: off
DOC_START
	If set to ON Squid will automatically retry requests when
	receiving an error response with status 403 (Forbidden),
	500 (Internal Error), 501 or 503 (Service not available).
	Status 502 and 504 (Gateway errors) are always retried.
	
	This is mainly useful if you are in a complex cache hierarchy to
	work around access control errors.
	
	NOTE: This retry will attempt to find another working destination.
	Which is different from the server which just failed.
DOC_END

NAME: as_whois_server
TYPE: string
LOC: Config.as_whois_server
DEFAULT: whois.ra.net
DOC_START
	WHOIS server to query for AS numbers.  NOTE: AS numbers are
	queried only when Squid starts up, not for every request.
DOC_END

NAME: offline_mode
TYPE: onoff
LOC: Config.onoff.offline
DEFAULT: off
DOC_START
	Enable this option and Squid will never try to validate cached
	objects.
DOC_END

NAME: uri_whitespace
TYPE: uri_whitespace
LOC: Config.uri_whitespace
DEFAULT: strip
DOC_START
	What to do with requests that have whitespace characters in the
	URI.  Options:

	strip:  The whitespace characters are stripped out of the URL.
		This is the behavior recommended by RFC2396 and RFC3986
		for tolerant handling of generic URI.
		NOTE: This is one difference between generic URI and HTTP URLs.

	deny:   The request is denied.  The user receives an "Invalid
		Request" message.
		This is the behaviour recommended by RFC2616 for safe
		handling of HTTP request URL.

	allow:  The request is allowed and the URI is not changed.  The
		whitespace characters remain in the URI.  Note the
		whitespace is passed to redirector processes if they
		are in use.
		Note this may be considered a violation of RFC2616
		request parsing where whitespace is prohibited in the
		URL field.

	encode:	The request is allowed and the whitespace characters are
		encoded according to RFC1738.

	chop:	The request is allowed and the URI is chopped at the
		first whitespace.


	NOTE the current Squid implementation of encode and chop violates
	RFC2616 by not using a 301 redirect after altering the URL.
DOC_END

NAME: chroot
TYPE: string
LOC: Config.chroot_dir
DEFAULT: none
DOC_START
	Specifies a directory where Squid should do a chroot() while
	initializing.  This also causes Squid to fully drop root
	privileges after initializing.  This means, for example, if you
	use a HTTP port less than 1024 and try to reconfigure, you may
	get an error saying that Squid can not open the port.
DOC_END

NAME: pipeline_prefetch
TYPE: pipelinePrefetch
LOC: Config.pipeline_max_prefetch
DEFAULT: 0
DEFAULT_DOC: Do not pre-parse pipelined requests.
DOC_START
	HTTP clients may send a pipeline of 1+N requests to Squid using a
	single connection, without waiting for Squid to respond to the first
	of those requests. This option limits the number of concurrent
	requests Squid will try to handle in parallel. If set to N, Squid
	will try to receive and process up to 1+N requests on the same
	connection concurrently.

	Defaults to 0 (off) for bandwidth management and access logging
	reasons.

	NOTE: pipelining requires persistent connections to clients.

	WARNING: pipelining breaks NTLM and Negotiate/Kerberos authentication.
DOC_END

NAME: high_response_time_warning
TYPE: int
COMMENT: (msec)
LOC: Config.warnings.high_rptm
DEFAULT: 0
DEFAULT_DOC: disabled.
DOC_START
	If the one-minute median response time exceeds this value,
	Squid prints a WARNING with debug level 0 to get the
	administrators attention.  The value is in milliseconds.
DOC_END

NAME: high_page_fault_warning
TYPE: int
LOC: Config.warnings.high_pf
DEFAULT: 0
DEFAULT_DOC: disabled.
DOC_START
	If the one-minute average page fault rate exceeds this
	value, Squid prints a WARNING with debug level 0 to get
	the administrators attention.  The value is in page faults
	per second.
DOC_END

NAME: high_memory_warning
TYPE: b_size_t
LOC: Config.warnings.high_memory
IFDEF: HAVE_MSTATS&&HAVE_GNUMALLOC_H
DEFAULT: 0 KB
DEFAULT_DOC: disabled.
DOC_START
	If the memory usage (as determined by gnumalloc, if available and used)
	exceeds	this amount, Squid prints a WARNING with debug level 0 to get
	the administrators attention.
DOC_END
# TODO: link high_memory_warning to mempools?

NAME: sleep_after_fork
COMMENT: (microseconds)
TYPE: int
LOC: Config.sleep_after_fork
DEFAULT: 0
DOC_START
	When this is set to a non-zero value, the main Squid process
	sleeps the specified number of microseconds after a fork()
	system call. This sleep may help the situation where your
	system reports fork() failures due to lack of (virtual)
	memory. Note, however, if you have a lot of child
	processes, these sleep delays will add up and your
	Squid will not service requests for some amount of time
	until all the child processes have been started.
	On Windows value less then 1000 (1 milliseconds) are
	rounded to 1000.
DOC_END

NAME: windows_ipaddrchangemonitor
IFDEF: _SQUID_WINDOWS_
COMMENT: on|off
TYPE: onoff
DEFAULT: on
LOC: Config.onoff.WIN32_IpAddrChangeMonitor
DOC_START
	On Windows Squid by default will monitor IP address changes and will 
	reconfigure itself after any detected event. This is very useful for
	proxies connected to internet with dial-up interfaces.
	In some cases (a Proxy server acting as VPN gateway is one) it could be
	desiderable to disable this behaviour setting this to 'off'.
	Note: after changing this, Squid service must be restarted.
DOC_END

NAME: eui_lookup
TYPE: onoff
IFDEF: USE_SQUID_EUI
DEFAULT: on
LOC: Eui::TheConfig.euiLookup
DOC_START
	Whether to lookup the EUI or MAC address of a connected client.
DOC_END

NAME: max_filedescriptors max_filedesc
TYPE: int
DEFAULT: 0
DEFAULT_DOC: Use operating system soft limit set by ulimit.
LOC: Config.max_filedescriptors
DOC_START
	Set the maximum number of filedescriptors, either below the
	operating system default or up to the hard limit.

	Remove from squid.conf to inherit the current ulimit soft
	limit setting.

	Note: Changing this requires a restart of Squid. Also
	not all I/O types supports large values (eg on Windows).
DOC_END

NAME: force_request_body_continuation
TYPE: acl_access
LOC: Config.accessList.forceRequestBodyContinuation
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Deny, unless rules exist in squid.conf.
DOC_START
	This option controls how Squid handles data upload requests from HTTP
	and FTP agents that require a "Please Continue" control message response
	to actually send the request body to Squid. It is mostly useful in
	adaptation environments.
	
	When Squid receives an HTTP request with an "Expect: 100-continue"
	header or an FTP upload command (e.g., STOR), Squid normally sends the
	request headers or FTP command information to an adaptation service (or
	peer) and waits for a response. Most adaptation services (and some
	broken peers) may not respond to Squid at that stage because they may
	decide to wait for the HTTP request body or FTP data transfer. However,
	that request body or data transfer may never come because Squid has not
	responded with the HTTP 100 or FTP 150 (Please Continue) control message
	to the request sender yet!
	
	An allow match tells Squid to respond with the HTTP 100 or FTP 150
	(Please Continue) control message on its own, before forwarding the
	request to an adaptation service or peer. Such a response usually forces
	the request sender to proceed with sending the body. A deny match tells
	Squid to delay that control response until the origin server confirms
	that the request body is needed. Delaying is the default behavior.
DOC_END

NAME: http_upgrade_request_protocols
TYPE: http_upgrade_request_protocols
LOC: Config.http_upgrade_request_protocols
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Upgrade header dropped, effectively blocking an upgrade attempt.
DOC_START
	Controls client-initiated and server-confirmed switching from HTTP to
	another protocol (or to several protocols) using HTTP Upgrade mechanism
	defined in RFC 7230 Section 6.7. Squid itself does not understand the
	protocols being upgraded to and participates in the upgraded
	communication only as a dumb TCP proxy. Admins should not allow
	upgrading to protocols that require a more meaningful proxy
	participation.

	Usage: http_upgrade_request_protocols <protocol> allow|deny [!]acl ...

	The required "protocol" parameter is either an all-caps word OTHER or an
	explicit protocol name (e.g. "WebSocket") optionally followed by a slash
	and a version token (e.g. "HTTP/3"). Explicit protocol names and
	versions are case sensitive.

	When an HTTP client sends an Upgrade request header, Squid iterates over
	the client-offered protocols and, for each protocol P (with an optional
	version V), evaluates the first non-empty set of
	http_upgrade_request_protocols rules (if any) from the following list:

		* All rules with an explicit protocol name equal to P.
		* All rules that use OTHER instead of a protocol name.

	In other words, rules using OTHER are considered for protocol P if and
	only if there are no rules mentioning P by name.

	If both of the above sets are empty, then Squid removes protocol P from
	the Upgrade offer.

	If the client sent a versioned protocol offer P/X, then explicit rules
	referring to the same-name but different-version protocol P/Y are
	declared inapplicable. Inapplicable rules are not evaluated (i.e. are
	ignored). However, inapplicable rules still belong to the first set of
	rules for P.

	Within the applicable rule subset, individual rules are evaluated in
	their configuration order. If all ACLs of an applicable "allow" rule
	match, then the protocol offered by the client is forwarded to the next
	hop as is. If all ACLs of an applicable "deny" rule match, then the
	offer is dropped. If no applicable rules have matching ACLs, then the
	offer is also dropped. The first matching rule also ends rules
	evaluation for the offered protocol.

	If all client-offered protocols are removed, then Squid forwards the
	client request without the Upgrade header. Squid never sends an empty
	Upgrade request header.

	An Upgrade request header with a value violating HTTP syntax is dropped
	and ignored without an attempt to use extractable individual protocol
	offers.

	Upon receiving an HTTP 101 (Switching Protocols) control message, Squid
	checks that the server listed at least one protocol name and sent a
	Connection:upgrade response header. Squid does not understand individual
	protocol naming and versioning concepts enough to implement stricter
	checks, but an admin can restrict HTTP 101 (Switching Protocols)
	responses further using http_reply_access. Responses denied by
	http_reply_access rules and responses flagged by the internal Upgrade
	checks result in HTTP 502 (Bad Gateway) ERR_INVALID_RESP errors and
	Squid-to-server connection closures.

	If Squid sends an Upgrade request header, and the next hop (e.g., the
	origin server) responds with an acceptable HTTP 101 (Switching
	Protocols), then Squid forwards that message to the client and becomes
	a TCP tunnel.

	The presence of an Upgrade request header alone does not preclude cache
	lookups. In other words, an Upgrade request might be satisfied from the
	cache, using regular HTTP caching rules.

	This clause only supports fast acl types.
	See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.

	Each of the following groups of configuration lines represents a
	separate configuration example:

	# never upgrade to protocol Foo; all others are OK
	http_upgrade_request_protocols Foo deny all
	http_upgrade_request_protocols OTHER allow all

	# only allow upgrades to protocol Bar (except for its first version)
	http_upgrade_request_protocols Bar/1 deny all
	http_upgrade_request_protocols Bar allow all
	http_upgrade_request_protocols OTHER deny all # this rule is optional

	# only allow upgrades to protocol Baz, and only if Baz is the only offer
	acl UpgradeHeaderHasMultipleOffers ...
	http_upgrade_request_protocols Baz deny UpgradeHeaderHasMultipleOffers
	http_upgrade_request_protocols Baz allow all
DOC_END

NAME: server_pconn_for_nonretriable
TYPE: acl_access
DEFAULT: none
DEFAULT_DOC: Open new connections for forwarding requests Squid cannot retry safely.
LOC: Config.accessList.serverPconnForNonretriable
DOC_START
	This option provides fine-grained control over persistent connection
	reuse when forwarding HTTP requests that Squid cannot retry. It is useful
	in environments where opening new connections is very expensive
	(e.g., all connections are secured with TLS with complex client and server
	certificate validation) and race conditions associated with persistent
	connections are very rare and/or only cause minor problems.

	HTTP prohibits retrying unsafe and non-idempotent requests (e.g., POST).
	Squid limitations also prohibit retrying all requests with bodies (e.g., PUT).
	By default, when forwarding such "risky" requests, Squid opens a new
	connection to the server or cache_peer, even if there is an idle persistent
	connection available. When Squid is configured to risk sending a non-retriable
	request on a previously used persistent connection, and the server closes
	the connection before seeing that risky request, the user gets an error response
	from Squid. In most cases, that error response will be HTTP 502 (Bad Gateway)
	with ERR_ZERO_SIZE_OBJECT or ERR_WRITE_ERROR (peer connection reset) error detail.

	If an allow rule matches, Squid reuses an available idle persistent connection
	(if any) for the request that Squid cannot retry. If a deny rule matches, then
	Squid opens a new connection for the request that Squid cannot retry.

	This option does not affect requests that Squid can retry. They will reuse idle
	persistent connections (if any).

	This clause only supports fast acl types.
	See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.

	Example:
		acl SpeedIsWorthTheRisk method POST
		server_pconn_for_nonretriable allow SpeedIsWorthTheRisk
DOC_END

NAME: happy_eyeballs_connect_timeout
COMMENT: (msec)
TYPE: int
DEFAULT: 250
LOC: Config.happyEyeballs.connect_timeout
DOC_START
	This Happy Eyeballs (RFC 8305) tuning directive specifies the minimum
	delay between opening a primary to-server connection and opening a
	spare to-server connection for the same master transaction. This delay
	is similar to the Connection Attempt Delay in RFC 8305, but it is only
	applied to the first spare connection attempt. Subsequent spare
	connection attempts use happy_eyeballs_connect_gap, and primary
	connection attempts are not artificially delayed at all.

	Terminology: The "primary" and "spare" designations are determined by
	the order of DNS answers received by Squid: If Squid DNS AAAA query
	was answered first, then primary connections are connections to IPv6
	peer addresses (while spare connections use IPv4 addresses).
	Similarly, if Squid DNS A query was answered first, then primary
	connections are connections to IPv4 peer addresses (while spare
	connections use IPv6 addresses).

	Shorter happy_eyeballs_connect_timeout values reduce master
	transaction response time, potentially improving user-perceived
	response times (i.e., making user eyeballs happier). Longer delays
	reduce both concurrent connection level and server bombardment with
	connection requests, potentially improving overall Squid performance
	and reducing the chance of being blocked by servers for opening too
	many unused connections.

	RFC 8305 prohibits happy_eyeballs_connect_timeout values smaller than
	10 (milliseconds) to "avoid congestion collapse in the presence of
	high packet-loss rates".

	The following Happy Eyeballs directives place additional connection
	opening restrictions: happy_eyeballs_connect_gap and
	happy_eyeballs_connect_limit.
DOC_END

NAME: happy_eyeballs_connect_gap
COMMENT: (msec)
TYPE: int
DEFAULT: -1
DEFAULT_DOC: no artificial delays between spare attempts
LOC: Config.happyEyeballs.connect_gap
DOC_START
	This Happy Eyeballs (RFC 8305) tuning directive specifies the
	minimum delay between opening spare to-server connections (to any
	server; i.e. across all concurrent master transactions in a Squid
	instance). Each SMP worker currently multiplies the configured gap
	by the total number of workers so that the combined spare connection
	opening rate of a Squid instance obeys the configured limit. The
	workers do not coordinate connection openings yet; a micro burst
	of spare connection openings may violate the configured gap.

	This directive has similar trade-offs as
	happy_eyeballs_connect_timeout, but its focus is on limiting traffic
	amplification effects for Squid as a whole, while
	happy_eyeballs_connect_timeout works on an individual master
	transaction level.

	The following Happy Eyeballs directives place additional connection
	opening restrictions: happy_eyeballs_connect_timeout and
	happy_eyeballs_connect_limit. See the former for related terminology.
DOC_END

NAME: happy_eyeballs_connect_limit
TYPE: int
DEFAULT: -1
DEFAULT_DOC: no artificial limit on the number of concurrent spare attempts
LOC: Config.happyEyeballs.connect_limit
DOC_START
	This Happy Eyeballs (RFC 8305) tuning directive specifies the
	maximum number of spare to-server connections (to any server; i.e.
	across all concurrent master transactions in a Squid instance).
	Each SMP worker gets an equal share of the total limit. However,
	the workers do not share the actual connection counts yet, so one
	(busier) worker cannot "borrow" spare connection slots from another
	(less loaded) worker.

	Setting this limit to zero disables concurrent use of primary and
	spare TCP connections: Spare connection attempts are made only after
	all primary attempts fail. However, Squid would still use the
	DNS-related optimizations of the Happy Eyeballs approach.

	This directive has similar trade-offs as happy_eyeballs_connect_gap,
	but its focus is on limiting Squid overheads, while
	happy_eyeballs_connect_gap focuses on the origin server and peer
	overheads.

	The following Happy Eyeballs directives place additional connection
	opening restrictions: happy_eyeballs_connect_timeout and
	happy_eyeballs_connect_gap. See the former for related terminology.
DOC_END

EOF